WO2023010583A1 - Integrated circuit, power amplification circuit and electronic device - Google Patents

Integrated circuit, power amplification circuit and electronic device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023010583A1
WO2023010583A1 PCT/CN2021/111359 CN2021111359W WO2023010583A1 WO 2023010583 A1 WO2023010583 A1 WO 2023010583A1 CN 2021111359 W CN2021111359 W CN 2021111359W WO 2023010583 A1 WO2023010583 A1 WO 2023010583A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
layer
heavily doped
doped region
integrated circuit
dopant
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/111359
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
宁开明
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to CN202180101304.5A priority Critical patent/CN117751434A/en
Priority to PCT/CN2021/111359 priority patent/WO2023010583A1/en
Publication of WO2023010583A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023010583A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L29/00Semiconductor devices adapted for rectifying, amplifying, oscillating or switching, or capacitors or resistors with at least one potential-jump barrier or surface barrier, e.g. PN junction depletion layer or carrier concentration layer; Details of semiconductor bodies or of electrodes thereof  ; Multistep manufacturing processes therefor
    • H01L29/66Types of semiconductor device ; Multistep manufacturing processes therefor
    • H01L29/66007Multistep manufacturing processes
    • H01L29/66075Multistep manufacturing processes of devices having semiconductor bodies comprising group 14 or group 13/15 materials
    • H01L29/66227Multistep manufacturing processes of devices having semiconductor bodies comprising group 14 or group 13/15 materials the devices being controllable only by the electric current supplied or the electric potential applied, to an electrode which does not carry the current to be rectified, amplified or switched, e.g. three-terminal devices
    • H01L29/66409Unipolar field-effect transistors
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L29/00Semiconductor devices adapted for rectifying, amplifying, oscillating or switching, or capacitors or resistors with at least one potential-jump barrier or surface barrier, e.g. PN junction depletion layer or carrier concentration layer; Details of semiconductor bodies or of electrodes thereof  ; Multistep manufacturing processes therefor
    • H01L29/66Types of semiconductor device ; Multistep manufacturing processes therefor
    • H01L29/68Types of semiconductor device ; Multistep manufacturing processes therefor controllable by only the electric current supplied, or only the electric potential applied, to an electrode which does not carry the current to be rectified, amplified or switched
    • H01L29/76Unipolar devices, e.g. field effect transistors
    • H01L29/772Field effect transistors
    • H01L29/778Field effect transistors with two-dimensional charge carrier gas channel, e.g. HEMT ; with two-dimensional charge-carrier layer formed at a heterojunction interface

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the technical field of semiconductors, in particular to an integrated circuit, a power amplifier circuit and electronic equipment.
  • HEMTs high electron mobility transistors
  • the power of the radio frequency signal generated in the radio frequency modulation circuit of the electronic device is very small, and it needs to go through a series of amplifications to obtain enough radio frequency power before it can be fed to the antenna for radiation.
  • a radio frequency power amplifier In order to obtain sufficient radio frequency power, a radio frequency power amplifier must be used to amplify the power of the radio frequency signal.
  • RF power amplifiers are widely used in radar, wireless communication, navigation, satellite communication, electronic countermeasures and other systems, and are key components of modern wireless communication.
  • the above-mentioned transistor includes a channel layer and electrodes fabricated on the substrate, for example, the electrodes include a source, a drain, and a gate, wherein the gate faces the active region of the channel layer.
  • the electrodes include a source, a drain, and a gate, wherein the gate faces the active region of the channel layer.
  • other semiconductor material layers are usually arranged between the electrode and the channel layer. ), barrier layers, one or more buffer layers and other semiconductor material layers.
  • the transistor When the above-mentioned transistor is working, when the two-dimensional electron gas generated in the active region of the channel layer is transported to the corresponding electrode (such as the source or drain) through these semiconductor material layers, the resistance on the path of current transmission is inconsistent, when When the resistivity of certain semiconductor material layers or the above-mentioned ohmic contact resistance is high, the performance of the device will be seriously affected, resulting in low efficiency of the device.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide an integrated circuit, a power amplifying circuit and an electronic device, which can reduce the resistivity on the path from the active region of the channel layer to the electrodes, thereby improving the efficiency of the device.
  • an integrated circuit in a first aspect, includes a substrate, wherein the substrate is covered with a transistor; the transistor includes a channel layer stacked on the substrate, a barrier layer, and a source, a drain, and a gate arranged on the barrier layer; the transistor It also includes a first heavily doped region and/or a second heavily doped region; wherein, the first heavily doped region penetrates through the barrier layer and the channel layer, and the first heavily doped region is in contact with the source; the second heavily doped region The doped region runs through the barrier layer and the channel layer, and the second heavily doped region is in contact with the drain; dopants providing carriers are arranged in the first heavily doped region and the second heavily doped region.
  • the first heavily doped region may or may not be in contact with the substrate, and the second heavily doped region may or may not be in contact with the substrate.
  • the first heavily doped region may not be in contact with the substrate, and the second heavily doped region may not be in contact with the substrate.
  • the substrate is made of an insulating material, the first heavily doped region may or may not be in contact with the substrate, and the second heavily doped region may or may not be in contact with the substrate.
  • the first heavily doped region and the second heavily doped region are provided with dopants providing carriers, and the first heavily doped region is in contact with the source and the second heavily doped region is in contact with the drain, then
  • a voltage is applied to the gate to generate a two-dimensional electron gas in the active region of the channel layer
  • the two-dimensional electron gas can be transported between the active region of the channel layer and the source through the first heavily doped region
  • the two-dimensional electron gas can be transported between the active region and the drain of the channel layer through the second heavily doped region, because the dopant can provide carriers, thus reducing the current transmission of the two-dimensional electron gas in the above-mentioned
  • the resistance on the path that is, the carriers provided by the dopant can reduce the resistivity on the path from the active region in the channel layer to the source and drain, thereby improving the efficiency of the device.
  • the transistor at least includes a high electron mobility transistor HEMT, a metal-semiconductor field effect transistor (metal-semiconductor field effect transistor, MESFET); the transistor is N-type, and the dopant provides an N-type carriers; alternatively, the transistor is P-type, and the dopant provides P-type carriers.
  • HEMT high electron mobility transistor
  • MESFET metal-semiconductor field effect transistor
  • the carriers in the active region of the channel layer are N-type (ie electronic) carriers, or if the transistor is P-type, then the carriers in the active region of the channel layer are P-type (that is, hole-type) carriers, so in order to avoid the recombination of carriers in the active region of the channel layer and the carriers provided by the dopant (electron-type carriers and hole-type carriers Recombination) affects the concentration of the two-dimensional electron gas, so in the embodiments of the present application, the type of carriers provided by the dopant is the same as the type of carriers in the active region of the channel layer, that is, the transistor is N-type, The dopant provides N-type carriers; or, the transistor is P-type, and the dopant provides P-type carriers.
  • the above dopant may include one or more impurity elements.
  • the dopant that provides N-type carriers includes at least one or more impurity elements in silicon Si, germanium Ge, or tin Sn; the dopant that provides P-type carriers
  • the material includes at least one or more impurity elements in beryllium Be or carbon C.
  • the dopant in the first heavily doped region and the second heavily doped region can only provide carriers that can truly achieve the requirement of reducing the resistivity when the dopant reaches a certain concentration.
  • the concentration is greater than or equal to the predetermined concentration.
  • the predetermined concentration of the dopant in the first heavily doped region and the second heavily doped region is 1e18 atoms/cubic centimeter.
  • a first risk layer is arranged between the source and the barrier layer, and a second risk layer is arranged between the drain and the barrier layer; the first heavily doped region runs through the first risk layer ; The second heavily doped region runs through the second risky layer.
  • the existence of the first risk layer is to form a good ohmic contact between the barrier layer and the source, and the existence of the second risk layer is to form a good contact between the barrier layer and the drain. ohmic contact.
  • the first sinking layer is also located on the path between the active region and the source of the channel layer
  • the second sinking layer is also positioned on the path between the active region and the drain of the channel layer, so by The first heavily doped region runs through the first risk layer, and the second heavily doped region runs through the second risk layer, which can also reduce the resistivity of the path between the active region in the channel layer and the source electrode and the drain electrode.
  • At least one buffer layer is further provided between the channel layer and the barrier layer; the first heavily doped region penetrates at least one buffer layer; the second heavily doped region penetrates at least one layer The buffer layer.
  • the existence of at least one buffer layer is to further improve the performance of the device (such as increasing the concentration of two-dimensional electron gas, reducing the leakage current or improving the response speed of the device, etc.), and at the same time due to the at least one buffer layer It is also located on the channel between the active region of the channel layer and the source electrode and the drain electrode, so the first heavily doped region penetrates at least one buffer layer, and the second heavily doped region penetrates at least one buffer layer, also The resistivity on the path from the active region to the source and drain in the channel layer can be reduced.
  • At least one buffer layer is further provided with a doped layer between any two adjacent buffer layers; the first heavily doped region penetrates the doped layer; the second heavily doped region penetrates doped layer.
  • the existence of the doped layer between any adjacent two buffer layers in at least one buffer layer is to further improve the performance of the device (such as increasing the concentration of two-dimensional electron gas, reducing the leakage current Or improve the response speed of the device, etc.), and because the doped layer is also located on the path between the active region of the channel layer and the source and drain, the doped layer is penetrated through the first heavily doped region, and the second heavily doped region
  • the doped region runs through the doped layer and can also reduce the resistivity on the path from the active region in the channel layer to the source and drain.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a specific material used for the substrate.
  • the substrate material of a transistor in an integrated circuit may include any of the following: gallium arsenide GaAs, indium phosphide InP, and gallium nitride GaN.
  • a method for manufacturing an integrated circuit includes the following steps: the first step: sequentially fabricating channel layers and barrier layers stacked on the substrate; the second step: fabricating a photoresist covering the barrier layer; the third step: photoresisting the photoresist At the same time, a source opening is formed in the source area, and a drain opening is formed in the drain area; then: the dopant that provides carriers is injected through the source opening and the drain opening to form the first layer A doped region and a second heavily doped region; wherein, the first heavily doped region runs through the barrier layer and the channel layer, and the second heavily doped region runs through the barrier layer and the channel layer; finally: on the barrier layer A source, a drain and a gate are fabricated, wherein a first heavily doped region is in contact with the source and a second heavily doped region is in contact with the drain.
  • the second step above also includes: making a first risk layer and a second risk layer on the barrier layer; then the second step specifically includes: making a layer covering the first risk layer and the second The photoresist of the second risk layer; the third step specifically includes: performing photolithography on the photoresist, forming a source opening in the region of the source on the first risk layer, and forming a drain in the region of the drain on the second risk layer Extremely open window; wherein, the first heavily doped region runs through the first risk layer; the second heavily doped region runs through the second risk layer.
  • the first step specifically includes, sequentially manufacturing a stacked channel layer, at least one buffer layer, and a barrier layer on the substrate; wherein, the first heavily doped region runs through at least one layer buffer layer; the second heavily doped region runs through at least one buffer layer.
  • a doped layer is formed between any two adjacent buffer layers in at least one buffer layer; the first heavily doped region runs through the doped layer; the second heavily doped region through the doped layer.
  • the first heavily doped region and the second heavily doped region are formed by injecting dopants that provide carriers by opening the source window and the drain window, it further includes: performing annealing The process anneals the dopant.
  • the first heavily doped region and the second heavily doped region are formed by injecting the dopant that provides carriers through the source opening and the drain opening, further includes: through the source The dopant is annealed in the annealing process of the electrode, the drain and the gate.
  • the transistor includes at least HEMT and MESFET; the transistor is N-type, and the dopant provides N-type carriers; or, the transistor is P-type, and the dopant provides P-type carriers.
  • the dopant includes one or more impurity elements.
  • the dopant that provides N-type carriers includes at least one or more impurity elements in silicon Si, germanium Ge, or tin Sn; the dopant that provides P-type carriers
  • the material includes at least one or more impurity elements in beryllium Be or carbon C.
  • the concentration of dopants in the first heavily doped region and the second heavily doped region is greater than or equal to a predetermined concentration.
  • the predetermined concentration of the dopant in the first heavily doped region and the second heavily doped region is 1e18 atoms/cubic centimeter.
  • an integrated circuit in a third aspect, includes a substrate, wherein the substrate is covered with a transistor; the transistor includes a plurality of semiconductor material layers stacked on the substrate, and the plurality of semiconductor material layers include: a sub-collector layer, a collector layer, a base layer , emitter layer, emitter capping layer, and on the sub-collector layer are also provided with a first collector and a second collector located on both sides of the collector layer, and on the base layer are also provided with a collector located on both sides of the emitter layer
  • the first base and the second base on the side, and an emitter is also arranged on the emitter risk layer; the transistor also includes a first heavily doped region; wherein, the first heavily doped region runs through the emitter risk layer and In the emitter layer, the first heavily doped region is in contact with the emitter, and the first heavily doped region is not in contact with the base layer; and dopants providing carriers are arranged in the first heavily doped region.
  • the carriers provided by the dopant can reduce the resistivity of the ohmic contact resistance between the emitter and the emitter capping layer, because the first A heavily doped region extending through the emitter layer also reduces the resistivity of the emitter layer, thereby reducing the resistivity on the path from the emitter to the active region of the base layer, thereby improving device efficiency.
  • the transistor in the above integrated circuit further includes one or more of the following heavily doped regions: a second heavily doped region, a third heavily doped region, a fourth heavily doped region, and a fifth heavily doped region.
  • the heavily doped region; the second heavily doped region runs through the base layer, the second heavily doped region is in contact with the first base, and the second heavily doped region is not in contact with the collector layer; the third heavily doped region runs through The base layer, the third heavily doped region is in contact with the second base, and the third heavily doped region is not in contact with the collector layer; the fourth heavily doped region runs through the sub-collector layer, and the fourth heavily doped region is in contact with the second base
  • the first collector contacts; the fifth heavily doped region runs through the sub-collector layer, the fifth heavily doped region is in contact with the second collector; and the second heavily doped region, the third heavily doped region, the fourth heavily doped region
  • the impurity region and the fifth heavily doped region are provided with dopants providing carriers.
  • the fourth heavily doped region may or may not be in contact with the substrate, and the fifth heavily doped region may or may not be in contact with the substrate.
  • the fourth heavily doped region may not be in contact with the substrate, and the fifth heavily doped region may not be in contact with the substrate.
  • the fourth heavily doped region may or may not be in contact with the substrate, and the fifth heavily doped region may or may not be in contact with the substrate.
  • the second heavily doped region and the third heavily doped region are provided with dopants providing carriers, because the carriers provided by the dopants can reduce the base (the first base and the second base ) and the resistivity of the ohmic contact resistance of the base layer; the fourth heavily doped region and the fifth heavily doped region are provided with dopants that provide carriers, because the carriers provided by the dopants can reduce the collection
  • the resistivity of the ohmic contact resistance of the electrodes (first collector and second collector) to the sub-collector layer thus reducing the resistivity on the path between the base and collector electrodes and the active region of the base layer, thereby improve device efficiency.
  • the transistor includes at least a heterojunction bipolar transistor (heterojunction bipolar transistor, HBT), the transistor is of NPN type, and the dopant in the first heavily doped region provides N-type carriers; The dopant in the second heavily doped region and the third heavily doped region provides P-type carriers; the dopant in the fourth heavily doped region and the fifth heavily doped region provides N-type carriers.
  • HBT heterojunction bipolar transistor
  • at least one semiconductor material layer between the emitter of the NPN transistor and the active region of the base layer usually uses a material with N-type carriers, so in order to avoid the The carriers recombine with the carriers in at least one semiconductor material layer, so the dopant in the first heavily doped region also provides N-type carriers.
  • materials with P-type carriers are usually used in at least one semiconductor material layer on the path between the base and the active region of the base layer, so the second heavily doped region and the third heavily doped region
  • the dopant in the heterogeneous region provides P-type carriers
  • at least one semiconductor material layer on the path between the collector and the active region of the base layer usually uses a material with N-type carriers, so The dopants in the fourth heavily doped region and the fifth heavily doped region provide N-type carriers.
  • the transistor is of PNP type, and the dopant in the first heavily doped region provides P-type carriers; the dopant in the second heavily doped region and the third heavily doped region provides N-type carriers ; The dopants in the fourth heavily doped region and the fifth heavily doped region provide P-type carriers.
  • the above dopant may include one or more impurity elements.
  • the dopant that provides N-type carriers includes at least one or more impurity elements in silicon Si, germanium Ge, or tin Sn; the dopant that provides P-type carriers
  • the material includes at least one or more impurity elements in beryllium Be or carbon C.
  • the dopant since the dopant reaches a certain concentration, it can provide the carriers that can really realize the requirement of reducing the resistivity. Therefore, the first heavily doped region, the second heavily doped region, and the third heavily doped region Concentrations of dopants in the doped region, the fourth heavily doped region and the fifth heavily doped region are greater than or equal to a predetermined concentration.
  • the predetermined concentrations of dopants in the first heavily doped region, the second heavily doped region, the third heavily doped region, the fourth heavily doped region, and the fifth heavily doped region It is 1e18 atoms/cubic centimeter.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a specific material used for the substrate.
  • the substrate material of a transistor in an integrated circuit may include any of the following: gallium arsenide GaAs, indium phosphide InP, and gallium nitride GaN.
  • a method for manufacturing an integrated circuit which specifically includes the following steps: sequentially forming a plurality of semiconductor material layers stacked on a substrate, the plurality of semiconductor material layers including: a sub-collector layer, a collector layer, The base layer, the emitter layer, and the emitter capping layer; the regions on both sides of the emitter layer above the base layer and the emitter capping layer are etched by an etching process to form a first stepped surface and a second stepped surface; through The etching process etches the collector layer above the sub-collector layer and the regions on both sides of the base layer to form a third stepped surface and a fourth stepped surface.
  • the first heavily doped region is formed by implanting the dopant that provides carriers through the emitter window; wherein, the first heavily doped region runs through the emitter capping layer and the emitter layer, and the first heavily doped region is connected to the base region The layers do not touch.
  • the emitter is fabricated in the emitter opening, wherein the first heavily doped region is in contact with the emitter.
  • the first base is formed in the first base opening, and before the second base is formed in the second base opening, it also includes: implanting through the first base opening to provide Carrier dopant to form a second heavily doped region, wherein the second heavily doped region runs through the base layer, and the second heavily doped region is not in contact with the collector layer; provided by the second base window implantation The carrier dopant forms a third heavily doped region, the third heavily doped region runs through the base layer, and the third heavily doped region is not in contact with the collector layer. Wherein, the second heavily doped region is in contact with the first base, and the third heavily doped region is in contact with the second base.
  • Fabricate the first collector in the first collector opening, and before fabricating the second collector in the second collector opening, further include: injecting dopants that provide carriers through the first collector opening to form The fourth heavily doped region, wherein the fourth heavily doped region runs through the sub-collector layer; the dopant that provides carriers is injected through the second collector opening to form a fifth heavily doped region, wherein the fifth A heavily doped region extends through the sub-collector layer.
  • the fourth heavily doped region is in contact with the first collector, and the fifth heavily doped region is in contact with the second collector. It should be noted that, considering the material of the substrate, the fourth heavily doped region may or may not be in contact with the substrate, and the fifth heavily doped region may or may not be in contact with the substrate.
  • the fourth heavily doped region may not be in contact with the substrate, and the fifth heavily doped region may not be in contact with the substrate.
  • Contact of course, when the substrate is made of an insulating material, the fourth heavily doped region may or may not be in contact with the substrate, and the fifth heavily doped region may or may not be in contact with the substrate.
  • the transistor includes at least HBT, the transistor is NPN type, and the dopant in the first heavily doped region provides N-type carriers; the second heavily doped region and the third heavily doped region The dopant in the region provides P-type carriers; the dopant in the fourth heavily doped region and the fifth heavily doped region provides N-type carriers; the transistor is PNP type, and the first heavily doped region The dopant provides P-type carriers; the dopant in the second heavily doped region and the third heavily doped region provides N-type carriers; the fourth heavily doped region and the fifth heavily doped region The dopant provides P-type carriers.
  • the dopant includes one or more impurity elements.
  • the dopant that provides N-type carriers includes at least one or more impurity elements in silicon Si, germanium Ge, or tin Sn; the dopant that provides P-type carriers
  • the material includes at least one or more impurity elements in beryllium Be or carbon C.
  • the concentrations of dopants in the first heavily doped region, the second heavily doped region, the third heavily doped region, the fourth heavily doped region, and the fifth heavily doped region are greater than equal to the predetermined concentration.
  • the predetermined concentrations of dopants in the first heavily doped region, the second heavily doped region, the third heavily doped region, the fourth heavily doped region, and the fifth heavily doped region It is 1e18 atoms/cubic centimeter.
  • the material of the substrate includes any of the following: gallium arsenide GaAs, indium phosphide InP, and gallium nitride GaN.
  • a fifth aspect provides a power amplifying circuit, including a package structure and any integrated circuit as described in the first aspect and/or the third aspect, wherein the integrated circuit is packaged inside the package structure.
  • a sixth aspect provides an electronic device, including a power amplifier and an antenna.
  • the power amplifier is used to amplify a radio frequency signal and output it to the antenna for external radiation.
  • the power amplifier includes the power amplifying circuit as described in the fifth aspect.
  • the electronic device includes a base station or a terminal.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a base station provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of a power amplifier circuit provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of an integrated circuit provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of an integrated circuit provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of an integrated circuit provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of an integrated circuit provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of a method for manufacturing an integrated circuit provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a first structural schematic diagram of an integrated circuit in a method for manufacturing an integrated circuit provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a second structural schematic diagram of an integrated circuit in a method for manufacturing an integrated circuit provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a third structural schematic diagram of an integrated circuit in a method for manufacturing an integrated circuit provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a fourth structural schematic diagram of an integrated circuit in a method for manufacturing an integrated circuit provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of the fifth structure of an integrated circuit in a method for manufacturing an integrated circuit provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is a sixth structural schematic diagram of an integrated circuit in a method for manufacturing an integrated circuit provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram VII of an integrated circuit in a manufacturing method of an integrated circuit provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic eighth structural diagram of an integrated circuit in a method for manufacturing an integrated circuit provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 17 is a structural schematic diagram of an integrated circuit in a method for manufacturing an integrated circuit according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 18 is a tenth structural schematic diagram of an integrated circuit in a method for manufacturing an integrated circuit provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram eleventh of an integrated circuit in a method for manufacturing an integrated circuit provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic structural diagram twelve of an integrated circuit in a method for manufacturing an integrated circuit provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic structural diagram of an integrated circuit in a method for manufacturing an integrated circuit provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 22 is a first structural schematic diagram of an integrated circuit in another manufacturing method of an integrated circuit provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 23 is a second structural schematic diagram of an integrated circuit in another manufacturing method of an integrated circuit provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 24 is a third structural schematic diagram of an integrated circuit in another manufacturing method of an integrated circuit provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 25 is a fourth structural schematic diagram of an integrated circuit in another manufacturing method of an integrated circuit provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 26 is a schematic diagram of the fifth structure of an integrated circuit in another manufacturing method of an integrated circuit provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 27 is a sixth structural schematic diagram of an integrated circuit in another manufacturing method of an integrated circuit provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 28 is a first structural schematic diagram of an integrated circuit in a method for manufacturing an integrated circuit provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 29 is a second structural schematic diagram of an integrated circuit in a method for manufacturing an integrated circuit provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 30 is a third structural schematic diagram of an integrated circuit in a method for manufacturing an integrated circuit provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 31 is a fourth structural schematic diagram of an integrated circuit in a method for manufacturing an integrated circuit provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 32 is a schematic diagram of the fifth structure of an integrated circuit in a method for manufacturing an integrated circuit provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 33 is a sixth structural schematic diagram of an integrated circuit in a method for manufacturing an integrated circuit provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 34 is a structural schematic diagram VII of an integrated circuit in a manufacturing method of an integrated circuit provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 35 is a schematic eighth structural diagram of an integrated circuit in a method for manufacturing an integrated circuit provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 36 is a structural schematic diagram of an integrated circuit in a method for manufacturing an integrated circuit provided in another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 37 is a first structural schematic diagram of an integrated circuit in a method for manufacturing an integrated circuit provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 38 is a second structural schematic diagram of an integrated circuit in a method for manufacturing an integrated circuit provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 39 is a third structural schematic diagram of an integrated circuit in a method for manufacturing an integrated circuit provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 40 is a fourth structural schematic diagram of an integrated circuit in a method for manufacturing an integrated circuit provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 41 is a schematic diagram of the fifth structure of an integrated circuit in a method for manufacturing an integrated circuit provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 42 is a sixth structural schematic diagram of an integrated circuit in a method for manufacturing an integrated circuit provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 43 is a structural schematic diagram VII of an integrated circuit in a manufacturing method of an integrated circuit provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 44 is a schematic eighth structural diagram of an integrated circuit in a method for manufacturing an integrated circuit provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 45 is a structural schematic diagram of an integrated circuit in a method for manufacturing an integrated circuit provided in yet another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 46 is a tenth structural schematic diagram of an integrated circuit in a method for manufacturing an integrated circuit provided by yet another embodiment of the present application.
  • a semiconductor is a material whose conductivity at room temperature is between that of a conductor and an insulator; among them, a semiconductor includes intrinsic semiconductors and impurity semiconductors.
  • a semiconductor doped with a certain amount of impurities is called an impurity semiconductor or an extrinsic semiconductor.
  • the impurity doped in the impurity semiconductor can provide a certain concentration of carriers (such as holes or electrons), and the impurity semiconductor that provides electron impurities (such as pentavalent phosphorus) is also called an electronic semiconductor or N (negative, negative) type semiconductors, doping impurity semiconductors that provide hole impurities (such as trivalent boron elements) are also called hole type semiconductors or P (positive, positive) type semiconductors, doping can improve the intrinsic semiconductor Conductivity, generally the higher the carrier concentration, the lower the resistivity of the semiconductor and the better the conductivity.
  • a layer structure in a device made of a semiconductor (or semiconductor material) is referred to as a semiconductor material layer.
  • At least one (unit) of a, b or c can represent: a, b, c, a and b, a and c, b and c or a, b and c, wherein a, b and c can be It can be single or multiple.
  • words such as "first" and "second” do not limit the quantity and order.
  • the technical solution of the present application can be applied to electronic devices, which are different types of terminals such as computers, mobile phones, tablet computers, wearable devices, and vehicle-mounted devices; the electronic devices can also be network devices such as base stations.
  • the electronic device may also be a device such as a power amplifier used in the above-mentioned electronic device.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit the specific form of the foregoing electronic device.
  • FIG. 1 shows a schematic structural diagram of a terminal 100 .
  • the terminal 100 may include a processor 110, an external memory interface 120, an internal memory 121, a universal serial bus (universal serial bus, USB) interface 130, a charging management module 140, a power management module 141, a battery 142, an antenna 1, an antenna 2, Mobile communication module 150, wireless communication module 160, audio module 170, speaker 170A, receiver 170B, microphone 170C, earphone jack 170D, sensor module 180, camera 190 and display screen 191, etc.
  • a processor 110 may include a processor 110, an external memory interface 120, an internal memory 121, a universal serial bus (universal serial bus, USB) interface 130, a charging management module 140, a power management module 141, a battery 142, an antenna 1, an antenna 2, Mobile communication module 150, wireless communication module 160, audio module 170, speaker 170A, receiver 170B, microphone 170C, earphone jack 170D, sensor module 180, camera 190 and display screen 19
  • the structure shown in the embodiment of the present application does not constitute a specific limitation on the terminal 100 .
  • the terminal 100 may include more or fewer components than shown in the figure, or combine certain components, or separate certain components, or arrange different components.
  • the illustrated components can be realized in hardware, software or a combination of software and hardware.
  • the processor 110 may include one or more processing units, for example: the processor 110 may include an application processor (application processor, AP), a modem processor, a graphics processing unit (graphics processing unit, GPU), an image signal processor (image signal processor, ISP), controller, video codec, digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), baseband processor, and/or neural network processor (neural-network processing unit, NPU), etc. Wherein, different processing units may be independent devices, or may be integrated in one or more processors.
  • application processor application processor, AP
  • modem processor graphics processing unit
  • GPU graphics processing unit
  • image signal processor image signal processor
  • ISP image signal processor
  • controller video codec
  • digital signal processor digital signal processor
  • baseband processor baseband processor
  • neural network processor neural-network processing unit
  • a memory may also be provided in the processor 110 for storing instructions and data.
  • the memory in processor 110 is a cache memory.
  • the memory may hold instructions or data that the processor 110 has just used or recycled. If the processor 110 needs to use the instruction or data again, it can be directly recalled from the memory. Repeated access is avoided, and the waiting time of the processor 110 is reduced, thereby improving the efficiency of the system.
  • processor 110 may include one or more interfaces.
  • the interface may include an integrated circuit (inter-integrated circuit, I2C) interface, an integrated circuit built-in audio (inter-integrated circuit sound, I2S) interface, a pulse code modulation (pulse code modulation, PCM) interface, a universal asynchronous transmitter (universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter, UART) interface, mobile industry processor interface (mobile industry processor interface, MIPI), general-purpose input and output (general-purpose input/output, GPIO) interface, subscriber identity module (subscriber identity module, SIM) interface, and /or universal serial bus (universal serial bus, USB) interface, etc.
  • I2C integrated circuit
  • I2S integrated circuit built-in audio
  • PCM pulse code modulation
  • PCM pulse code modulation
  • UART universal asynchronous transmitter
  • MIPI mobile industry processor interface
  • GPIO general-purpose input and output
  • subscriber identity module subscriber identity module
  • SIM subscriber identity module
  • USB universal serial bus
  • the charging management module 140 is configured to receive a charging input from a charger.
  • the charger may be a wireless charger or a wired charger.
  • the charging management module 140 can receive charging input from the wired charger through the USB interface 130 .
  • the charging management module 140 may receive wireless charging input through the wireless charging coil of the terminal 100 . While the charging management module 140 is charging the battery 142 , it can also supply power to the terminal through the power management module 141 .
  • the power management module 141 is used for connecting the battery 142 , the charging management module 140 and the processor 110 .
  • the power management module 141 receives the input from the battery 142 and/or the charging management module 140 to provide power for the processor 110 , the internal memory 121 , the display screen 191 , the camera 190 , and the wireless communication module 160 .
  • the power management module 141 can also be used to monitor parameters such as battery capacity, battery cycle times, and battery health status (leakage, impedance).
  • the power management module 141 may also be disposed in the processor 110 .
  • the power management module 141 and the charging management module 140 may also be set in the same device.
  • the wireless communication function of the terminal 100 can be realized by the antenna 1, the antenna 2, the mobile communication module 150, the wireless communication module 160, the modem processor and the baseband processor.
  • Antenna 1 and Antenna 2 are used to transmit and receive electromagnetic wave signals.
  • Each antenna in terminal 100 may be used to cover single or multiple communication frequency bands. Different antennas can also be multiplexed to improve the utilization of the antennas.
  • Antenna 1 can be multiplexed as a diversity antenna of a wireless local area network.
  • the antenna may be used in conjunction with a tuning switch.
  • the mobile communication module 150 can provide wireless communication solutions including 2G/3G/4G/5G applied on the terminal 100 .
  • the mobile communication module 150 may include one or more filters, switches, power amplifiers, low noise amplifiers (low noise amplifier, LNA) and the like.
  • the mobile communication module 150 can receive electromagnetic waves through the antenna 1, filter and amplify the received electromagnetic waves, and send them to the modem processor for demodulation.
  • the mobile communication module 150 can also amplify the signals modulated by the modem processor, and convert them into electromagnetic waves through the antenna 1 for radiation.
  • at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 may be set in the processor 110 .
  • at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 and at least part of the modules of the processor 110 may be set in the same device.
  • a modem processor may include a modulator and a demodulator.
  • the modulator is used for modulating the low-frequency baseband signal to be transmitted into a medium-high frequency signal.
  • the demodulator is used to demodulate the received electromagnetic wave signal into a low frequency baseband signal. Then the demodulator sends the demodulated low-frequency baseband signal to the baseband processor for processing.
  • the low-frequency baseband signal is passed to the application processor after being processed by the baseband processor.
  • the application processor outputs sound signals through audio equipment (not limited to speaker 170A, receiver 170B, etc.), or displays images or videos through display screen 191 .
  • the modem processor may be a stand-alone device.
  • the modem processor may be independent from the processor 110, and be set in the same device as the mobile communication module 150 or other functional modules.
  • the wireless communication module 160 can provide wireless local area networks (wireless local area networks, WLAN) (such as wireless fidelity (Wireless Fidelity, Wi-Fi) network), bluetooth (bluetooth, BT), global navigation satellite system, etc. (global navigation satellite system, GNSS), frequency modulation (frequency modulation, FM), near field communication technology (near field communication, NFC), infrared technology (infrared, IR) and other wireless communication solutions.
  • the wireless communication module 160 may be one or more devices integrating one or more communication processing modules.
  • the wireless communication module 160 receives electromagnetic waves via the antenna 2 , frequency-modulates and filters the electromagnetic wave signals, and sends the processed signals to the processor 110 .
  • the wireless communication module 160 can also receive the signal to be sent from the processor 110 , frequency-modulate it, amplify it, and convert it into electromagnetic waves through the antenna 2 for radiation.
  • the antenna 1 of the terminal 100 is coupled to the mobile communication module 150, and the antenna 2 is coupled to the wireless communication module 160, so that the terminal 100 can communicate with the network and other devices through wireless communication technology.
  • the wireless communication technology may include global system for mobile communications (GSM), general packet radio service (GPRS), code division multiple access (CDMA), wideband code wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA), time-division code division multiple access (TD-SCDMA), long term evolution (LTE), BT, GNSS, WLAN, NFC, FM, and/or IR technology, etc.
  • the GNSS can include global positioning system (global positioning system, GPS), global navigation satellite system (global navigation satellite system, GLONASS), Beidou satellite navigation system (beidou navigation satellite system, BDS), quasi-zenith satellite system (quasi- zenith satellite system (QZSS) and/or satellite based augmentation systems (SBAS).
  • global positioning system global positioning system, GPS
  • global navigation satellite system global navigation satellite system
  • GLONASS global navigation satellite system
  • Beidou satellite navigation system beidou navigation satellite system, BDS
  • quasi-zenith satellite system quasi-zenith satellite system
  • QZSS quasi-zenith satellite system
  • SBAS satellite based augmentation systems
  • the terminal 100 realizes the display function through the GPU, the display screen 191 , and the application processor.
  • the GPU is a microprocessor for image processing, and is connected to the display screen 191 and the application processor. GPUs are used to perform mathematical and geometric calculations for graphics rendering.
  • Processor 110 may include one or more GPUs that execute program instructions to generate or change display information.
  • the display screen 191 is used to display images, videos and the like.
  • the display screen 191 includes a display panel.
  • the display panel can be a liquid crystal display (LCD), an organic light-emitting diode (OLED), an active matrix organic light emitting diode or an active matrix organic light emitting diode (active-matrix organic light emitting diode, AMOLED), flexible light-emitting diode (flex light-emitting diode, FLED), Miniled, MicroLed, Micro-oLed, quantum dot light emitting diodes (quantum dot light emitting diodes, QLED), etc.
  • the terminal 100 may include 1 or N display screens 191, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • the terminal 100 can realize the shooting function through the ISP, the camera 190 , the video codec, the GPU, the display screen 191 and the application processor.
  • the ISP is used for processing data fed back by the camera 190 .
  • the light is transmitted to the photosensitive element of the camera through the lens, and the optical signal is converted into an electrical signal, and the photosensitive element of the camera transmits the electrical signal to the ISP for processing, and converts it into an image visible to the naked eye.
  • ISP can also perform algorithm optimization on image noise, brightness, and skin color. ISP can also optimize the exposure, color temperature and other parameters of the shooting scene.
  • the ISP may be located in the camera 190 .
  • Camera 190 is used to capture still images or video.
  • the object generates an optical image through the lens and projects it to the photosensitive element.
  • the photosensitive element may be a charge coupled device (CCD) or a complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistor.
  • CMOS complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor
  • the photosensitive element converts the light signal into an electrical signal, and then transmits the electrical signal to the ISP to convert it into a digital image signal.
  • the ISP outputs the digital image signal to the DSP for processing.
  • DSP converts digital image signals into standard RGB, YUV and other image signals.
  • the terminal 100 may include 1 or N cameras 190, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • the external memory interface 120 may be used to connect an external memory card, such as a Micro SD card, to expand the storage capacity of the terminal 100.
  • the external memory card communicates with the processor 110 through the external memory interface 120 to implement a data storage function. Such as saving music, video and other files in the external memory card.
  • the internal memory 121 may be used to store one or more computer programs including instructions.
  • the processor 110 may execute the above-mentioned instructions stored in the internal memory 121, so that the terminal 100 executes various functional applications, data processing, and the like.
  • the internal memory 121 may include an area for storing programs and an area for storing data.
  • the stored program area can store an operating system; the stored program area can also store one or more application programs (such as a gallery, contacts, etc.) and the like.
  • the data storage area can store data created during the use of the terminal 100 (such as photos, contacts, etc.) and the like.
  • the internal memory 121 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory, such as one or more disk storage devices, flash memory devices, universal flash storage (universal flash storage, UFS) and the like.
  • the processor 110 enables the terminal 100 to execute various functional applications and data processing by executing instructions stored in the internal memory 121 and/or instructions stored in a memory provided in the processor.
  • the terminal 100 may implement an audio function through an audio module 170 , a speaker 170A, a receiver 170B, a microphone 170C, an earphone interface 170D, and an application processor. Such as music playback, recording, etc.
  • the audio module 170 is used to convert digital audio information into analog audio signal output, and is also used to convert analog audio input into digital audio signal.
  • the audio module 170 may also be used to encode and decode audio signals.
  • the audio module 170 may be set in the processor 110 , or some functional modules of the audio module 170 may be set in the processor 110 .
  • Speaker 170A also referred to as a "horn" is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals. Terminal 100 can listen to music through speaker 170A, or listen to hands-free calls.
  • Receiver 170B also called “earpiece” is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals.
  • the receiver 170B can be placed close to the human ear to listen to the voice.
  • the microphone 170C also called “microphone” or “microphone” is used to convert sound signals into electrical signals.
  • the user can put his mouth close to the microphone 170C to make a sound, and input the sound signal to the microphone 170C.
  • the terminal 100 may be provided with one or more microphones 170C.
  • the terminal 100 may be provided with two microphones 170C, which may also implement a noise reduction function in addition to collecting sound signals.
  • the terminal 100 can also be equipped with three, four or more microphones 170C to realize sound signal collection, noise reduction, identify sound sources, realize directional recording functions, and the like.
  • the earphone interface 170D is used for connecting wired earphones.
  • the earphone interface 170D can be a USB interface 130, or a 3.5mm open mobile terminal platform (OMTP) standard interface, or a cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA (CTIA) standard interface.
  • OMTP open mobile terminal platform
  • CTIA cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA
  • the sensor module 180 may include a pressure sensor, a gyro sensor, an air pressure sensor, a magnetic sensor, an acceleration sensor, a distance sensor, a proximity light sensor, a fingerprint sensor, a temperature sensor, a touch sensor, an ambient light sensor, a bone conduction sensor, and the like.
  • a touch sensor is also referred to as a "touch device”.
  • the touch sensor can be arranged on the display screen 191, and the touch sensor and the display screen 191 form a touch screen, also called “touch screen”.
  • the touch sensor is used to detect a touch operation on or near it.
  • the touch sensor can pass the detected touch operation to the application processor to determine the type of touch event.
  • Visual output related to the touch operation may be provided through the display screen.
  • a touch panel with a touch sensor array formed by a plurality of touch sensors may also be installed on the surface of the display panel in a hanging form.
  • the location of the touch sensor and the display screen 191 may also be different.
  • the form of the touch sensor is not limited, for example, it may be a capacitor or a piezoresistor.
  • the above-mentioned terminal 100 may further include one or more components such as keys, motors, indicators, and a subscriber identification module (subscriber identification module, SIM) card interface, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • SIM subscriber identification module
  • the electronic equipment provided in the embodiments of the present application takes a 5G base station as an example.
  • the 5G base station can be divided into a base band unit (base band unit, BBU)-active antenna unit (active antenna unit, AAU), a centralized unit-distribution unit (central unit-distribute unit, CU-DU)-AAU, BBU-remote radio unit (RRU)-antenna, CU-DU-RRU-Antenna, integrated 5G base station (5G node base station, gNB ) and other different architectures.
  • BBU base band unit
  • AAU active antenna unit
  • CU-DU central unit-distribute unit
  • RRU radio unit
  • CU-DU-RRU-Antenna integrated 5G base station
  • gNB integrated 5G base station
  • the base station includes BBU21, RRU22 and antenna 23; wherein BBU21 and RRU22 are connected through optical fibers, and the interface between the two is based on an open general public radio frequency interface (common public radio interface (CPRI) and open base station architecture initiative (OBSAI).
  • CPRI common public radio interface
  • OBSAI open base station architecture initiative
  • the BBU21 sends the generated baseband signal to the antenna 23 for transmission after being processed by the RRU22.
  • the RRU 22 includes a digital intermediate frequency module 221 , a transceiver module 222 , a power amplifier 223 (power amplifier, PA) and a filter 224 .
  • the digital intermediate frequency module 221 is used for the modulation and demodulation of the baseband signal transmitted by optical fiber, digital up-down conversion, digital to analog converter (digital to analog converter, D/A), etc. to form an intermediate frequency signal;
  • the transceiver module 222 completes the conversion of the intermediate frequency signal to the radio frequency Signal conversion;
  • the power amplifier 223 is used to amplify the power of the low-power radio frequency signal;
  • the filter 224 is used to filter the radio frequency signal, and then transmit the radio frequency signal through the antenna 23 .
  • the power amplification circuit provided by the embodiment of the present application can be applied to the power amplifier of the mobile communication module 150 or the wireless communication module 160 in the terminal 100 provided in FIG. 1 , or the power amplifier of the RRU 22 in the base station provided in FIG. 2 .
  • the specific application scenarios are not limited to the terminal shown in FIG. 1 and the base station shown in FIG. 2. It can be understood that any of the above-mentioned electronic devices that need to use the power amplifier circuit in the power amplifier to amplify the signal belongs to the implementation of this application. Example application scenarios.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a power amplifier circuit 30 including an integrated circuit 31 and a package structure 32 , wherein the integrated circuit 31 is packaged inside the package structure 32 .
  • a specific package structure of a power amplifier circuit 30 is provided, wherein an integrated circuit 31 is packaged in a package structure 32 of the power amplifier circuit 30.
  • FIG. 3 a specific package structure of a power amplifier circuit 30 is provided, wherein an integrated circuit 31 is packaged in a package structure 32 of the power amplifier circuit 30.
  • the package structure 32 specifically includes: a heat dissipation substrate 321 , wherein in order to improve the conductivity and heat dissipation of the heat dissipation substrate 321, the heat dissipation substrate 321 can adopt a composite material, such as a stacked structure formed by copper Cu/molybdenum Mo/copper Cu; the integrated circuit 31 is bonded on the heat dissipation substrate 321 by sintering silver , wherein the integrated circuit as shown in Figure 3, part of the electrodes (such as the source) of the integrated circuit transistor and heat dissipation substrate 321 conduction; in addition, part of the electrodes (such as the drain and gate) of the transistor through the The wire bonding is connected to the pins, and the pins are disposed on an insulating layer (such as insulating ceramics), and the insulating layer is bonded to the heat dissipation substrate 321 by an insulating adhesive.
  • a heat dissipation substrate 321 wherein in order to improve the conduct
  • the package structure 32 includes a package package 322, the package package 322 is bonded to the heat dissipation substrate 321 through an insulating adhesive, and one end of the pin is exposed from the package structure to connect to other circuits, wherein the integrated circuit 31 is arranged on the package package 322 and the space surrounded by the heat dissipation substrate 321.
  • a practical integrated circuit may include one or more transistors fabricated on a substrate.
  • the transistors may be typical HEMTs on a gallium arsenide (GaAs) substrate.
  • GaAs gallium arsenide
  • a kind of typical HEMT structure comprises the nucleation layer 42 that is arranged on the substrate 41, channel layer 43, barrier layer 44 (for example can be Schottky barrier layer); The first risky layer 45a, the gate 46a, and the second risky layer 45b on the barrier layer 44, wherein the gate 46a is arranged between the first risky layer 45a and the second risky layer 45b, and is arranged on the first risky layer The source 46b on 45a, and the drain 46c on the second sink layer 45b.
  • the potential well depth of the heterojunction formed by the barrier layer 44 and the channel layer 43 can control the concentration of the two-dimensional electron gas generated above the active region of the channel layer 43 (refer to the channel shown in FIG. 4 layer 43) to control the operating current of the device.
  • the nucleation layer 42 and the channel layer 43 and between the channel layer 43 and the Other semiconductor material layers are arranged between the barrier layers 44 , for example, one or more buffer layers, and a doped layer may also be arranged between the buffer layers. As shown in FIG.
  • a first buffer layer 47a, a first doped layer 48a, and a second buffer layer 47b are arranged from bottom to top between the nucleation layer 42 and the channel layer 43; between the channel layer 43 and the potential
  • a third buffer layer 47c, a second doped layer 48b and a fourth buffer layer 47d are disposed between the barrier layers 44 from bottom to top.
  • the substrate 41 includes undoped gallium arsenide GaAs
  • the superlattice layer 42 includes undoped aluminum arsenide-gallium arsenide (AlAs-GaAs, for example, aluminum arsenide and gallium arsenide can be alternately stacked.
  • the first buffer layer 47a, the second buffer layer 47b, the third buffer layer 47c and the fourth buffer layer 47d respectively contain undoped aluminum gallium arsenide AlGaAs
  • the two doped layers 48b respectively contain silicon Si
  • the channel layer 43 contains indium gallium arsenide InGaAs, wherein the composition of indium In in the channel layer 43 will vary with the design of different products
  • the barrier layer 44 contains undoped Aluminum gallium arsenide AlGaAs
  • the first capping layer 45a and the second capping layer 45b respectively contain gallium arsenide GaAs doped with N-type impurities (electronic impurity)
  • a barrier layer 44 and the capping layer 45 can also be provided
  • the etch stop layer is made of materials such as aluminum arsenide AlAs or indium arsenide InAs.
  • the function of the nucleation layer 42 is to match the lattice structure of the substrate 41 with the lattice structure of the channel layer 43, for example, a layer with a smaller difference from the lattice structure of the substrate 41 can be placed on the substrate 41 first.
  • the nucleation layer 42 is formed on the nucleation layer 42, and then the channel layer 43 with a smaller lattice structure difference from the nucleation layer 42 is fabricated, wherein the nucleation layer 42 may adopt a superlattice structure.
  • a repeating unit of a superlattice structure is composed of two different semiconductor material layers. When the thickness and period length of the two semiconductor material layers are smaller than the mean free path of electrons, quantum size effects can be generated in the superlattice structure.
  • the wells sandwiched between the two semiconductor material layers of the superlattice structure are quantum wells.
  • the electrons move in the direction parallel to the interface of the nucleation layer, and the lateral migration of the electrons is improved, thereby avoiding or reducing the direct vertical entry of electrons into the substrate parallel to the interface41 probability, thereby reducing the leakage of the substrate 41.
  • the barrier layer 44 is usually not doped, and the barrier layer 44 with unidirectional current flow capability is formed under the grid 46a by utilizing the work function difference between it and the gate 46a (usually a metal material).
  • the risk layer 45 on the surface of the barrier layer 44 (namely the first risk layer 45a and the second risk layer 45b) can ensure good ohmic contact between the barrier layer 44 and the source electrode 46b and the drain electrode 46c.
  • the first buffer layer 47a, the second buffer layer 47b, the third buffer layer 47c, and the fourth buffer layer 47d have different band gaps from the channel layer 43, which can make the heterojunction formed by the barrier layer 44 and the channel layer 43
  • the potential well depth is deeper, so as to ensure that the electrons doped in the first doped layer 48a and the second doped layer 48b can increase the concentration of the two-dimensional electron gas.
  • the first buffer layer 47 a , the second buffer layer 47 b , the third buffer layer 47 c and the fourth buffer layer 47 d generally adopt an undoped structure.
  • the semiconductor material layers between the active region of the channel layer 43 and the source 46b (or drain 46c), such as the capping layer 45, the barrier layer 44, the third buffer layer 47c, the second doped The impurity layer 48b, the fourth buffer layer 47d, and other regions in the channel layer 43 other than the active region, and the like.
  • the above-mentioned semiconductor material layers can achieve positive effects on improving device performance (such as increasing the concentration of two-dimensional electron gas, reducing leakage current or improving device response speed, etc.), but they will also affect the channel layer 43 from the active region to the source.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an integrated circuit, as shown in FIG. 5 (wherein FIG. 5 is illustrated with a HEMT transistor as an example), including: a substrate 51, wherein the substrate 51 is covered with a transistor 52
  • the transistor 52 comprises a channel layer 521 stacked on the substrate 51, a barrier layer 5233, and a source 522b, a drain 522c, and a gate 522a arranged on the barrier layer 5233, and there is an active layer in the channel layer 521
  • the active region is the region where the gate 522 a faces the channel layer 521 .
  • the transistor also includes a first heavily doped region 527a and/or a second heavily doped region 527b, wherein the first heavily doped region 527a penetrates through the barrier layer 5233 and the channel layer 521, and the first heavily doped region 527a and The source electrode 522b contacts; wherein, the second heavily doped region 527b penetrates through the barrier layer 5233 and the channel layer 521, and the second heavily doped region 527b contacts the drain electrode 522c; the first heavily doped region 527a and the second heavily doped region Dopants providing carriers are provided in the impurity region 527b.
  • the first heavily doped region 527a may or may not be in contact with the substrate 51, and the second heavily doped region 527b may or may not be in contact with the substrate 51, for example:
  • the substrate 51 is made of a conductive material, in order to prevent the substrate 51 from directly short-circuiting the first heavily doped region 527a and the second heavily doped region 527b, the first heavily doped region 527a may not be in contact with the substrate 51, and the second heavily doped region 527a may not be in contact with the substrate 51.
  • the double doped region 527b may not be in contact with the substrate 51; of course, when the substrate 51 is made of an insulating material, the first heavily doped region 527a may or may not be in contact with the substrate 51, and the second heavily doped region 527b It may or may not be in contact with the substrate 51 .
  • the first heavily doped region 527a and the second heavily doped region 527b are provided with dopants providing carriers, and the first heavily doped region 527a is in contact with the source 522b and the second heavily doped region 527b is in contact with the If the drain 522c is in contact, when a voltage is applied to the gate 522a to generate two-dimensional electron gas in the active region of the channel layer 521, the two-dimensional electron gas can pass through the first heavily doped region 527a in the channel layer 521
  • the active region and the source 522b are transported, and the two-dimensional electron gas can be transported between the active region of the channel layer 521 and the drain 522c through the second heavily doped region 527b, because the dopant can provide the current carrier Therefore, the resistance of the two-dimensional electron gas on the above-mentioned current transmission path is reduced, that is, the carriers provided by the dopant can reduce the distance between the active region in the channel layer 521 and the source electrode 522b and the drain electrode 522c.
  • the transistor includes at least HEMT and MESFET; the transistor is N-type, and the dopant provides N-type carriers; or, the transistor is P-type, and the dopant provides P-type carriers. If the transistor is N-type, then the carriers in the active region of the channel layer 521 are N-type (i.e.
  • the carriers in the active region of the channel layer 521 Carriers are P-type (that is, hole-type) carriers, so in order to prevent the carriers in the active region of the channel layer 521 from recombining with the carriers provided by the dopant (electron-type carriers and hole-type Carrier recombination) affects the concentration of two-dimensional electron gas, so in the embodiment of the present application, the carrier type provided by the dopant is the same as the carrier type in the channel layer 521 active region, that is, the transistor is N-type, the dopant provides N-type carriers; or, the transistor is P-type, and the dopant provides P-type carriers.
  • the embodiments of the present application do not limit the types of impurity elements included in the dopant, that is, the dopant may include one or more impurity elements.
  • the dopant that provides N-type carriers includes at least one or more impurity elements in silicon Si, germanium Ge or tin Sn; the dopant that provides P-type carriers includes at least beryllium Be or carbon One or more impurity elements in C.
  • a current carrying current that reduces the resistivity of the path between the active region of the channel layer 521 and the electrode 522 can be provided.
  • the dopant concentration of the first heavily doped region 527a and the second heavily doped region 527b is greater than or equal to a predetermined concentration, and the predetermined concentration is 1e18 atoms/cm3, for example, 1e18 ⁇ 1e21 atoms/cm3.
  • a first sinking layer 5234a is provided between the source 522b and the barrier layer 5233
  • a second sinking layer 5234b is provided between the drain 522c and the barrier layer 5233
  • the first heavily doped region 527a runs through the first sinking layer 5234a
  • the second heavily doped region 527b runs through the second sinking layer 5234b.
  • the existence of the first risk layer 5234a is to form a good ohmic contact between the barrier layer 5233 and the source 522b
  • the existence of the second risk layer 5234b is to make the barrier layer 5233 and the drain
  • a good ohmic contact is formed between poles 522c.
  • the first risk layer 5234a is also located on the path between the active region of the channel layer 521 and the source electrode 522b, and the second risk layer 5234b is also located between the active region of the channel layer 521 and the drain electrode 522c Therefore, the first heavily doped region 527a penetrates the first risk layer 5234a, and the second heavily doped region 527b penetrates the second risk layer 5234b, which can also reduce the active region in the channel layer 521 to the source electrode 522b and the resistivity on the path between the drain 522c.
  • At least one buffer layer 5231 (the third buffer layer 5231 a and the fourth buffer layer 5231 b shown in FIG. 5 ) is further arranged between the channel layer 521 and the barrier layer 5233; the first The heavily doped region 527a penetrates at least one buffer layer 5231 ; the second heavily doped region 527b penetrates at least one buffer layer 5231 .
  • At least one buffer layer 5231 is to further improve the performance of the device (such as increasing the concentration of two-dimensional electron gas, reducing leakage current or improving device response speed, etc.), and at least one buffer layer 5231 is also located in the channel layer 521
  • the first heavily doped region 527a penetrates at least one buffer layer 5231
  • the second heavily doped region 527b penetrates at least one buffer layer 5231, It is also possible to reduce the resistivity on the path from the active region in the channel layer 521 to the source electrode 522b and the drain electrode 522c.
  • a second doped layer 5232 (the third buffer layer 5231a and the fourth buffer layer 5231a shown in FIG. A second doped layer 5232 is disposed between the layers 5231b); the first heavily doped region 527a penetrates the second doped layer 5232; the second heavily doped region 527b penetrates the second doped layer 5232.
  • the existence of the second doped layer 5232 between any two adjacent buffer layers in at least one buffer layer 5231 is to further improve the performance of the device (such as increasing the concentration of two-dimensional electron gas, reducing leakage current or improving device response.
  • the second doped layer 5232 is also located on the path between the active region of the channel layer 521 and the source electrode 522b and the drain electrode 522c, it penetrates the second doped layer 5232 through the first heavily doped region 527a Layer 5232, the second heavily doped region 527b runs through the second doped layer 5232, and can also reduce the resistivity of the path from the active region in the channel layer 521 to the source 522b and the drain 522c.
  • the substrate material of the integrated circuit includes any of the following: gallium arsenide GaAs, indium phosphide InP, and gallium nitride GaN, and the substrate material can be adjusted according to specific applications, so the embodiments of the present application will not repeat them.
  • the transistor may be one or more of HEMT and MESFET.
  • the transistor may further include at least one layer of semiconductor material layer 523 disposed between the electrode (source 522b or drain 522c) and the channel layer 521, for example at least One layer of semiconductor material layer 523 includes a buffer layer 5231, such as the third buffer layer 5231a and the fourth buffer layer 5231b shown in FIG.
  • At least one layer of semiconductor material layer 523 also includes a potential barrier arranged between the electrode (source electrode 522b or drain electrode 522c) and the channel layer 521 Layer 5233; at least one layer of semiconductor material layer 523 also includes a risk layer 5234 disposed between the electrode (source electrode 522b or drain electrode 522c) and the channel layer 521, for example, the first layer between the source electrode 522b and the barrier layer 5233 The second risk layer 5234b between the risk layer 5234a, the drain electrode 522c and the barrier layer 5233. The positional relationship of these semiconductor material layers is shown in FIG. 5.
  • the third buffer layer 5231a covers the channel layer 521, and the second doped layer 5232, the fourth buffer layer 5231b, The barrier layer 5233 , and the first capping layer 5234 a and the second capping layer 5234 b covering the barrier layer 5233 .
  • the aforementioned at least one semiconductor material layer 523 disposed between the electrode (source 522b or drain 522c) and the channel layer 521 is not limited to the structure shown in FIG. 5 , in order to improve device performance or provide devices with other structures, There may be more or less semiconductor material layers between the electrode (the source electrode 522b or the drain electrode 522c ) and the channel layer 521 , which also belongs to the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application.
  • the transistor 52 also includes a first heavily doped region 527a and/or a second heavily doped region 527b, wherein the first heavily doped region 527a penetrates through the channel layer 521, the third buffer layer 5231a, the second doped layer 5232, the fourth buffer layer 5231b, the barrier layer 5233 and the first buffer layer 5234a, the first heavily doped region 527a is in contact with the source 522b; the second heavily doped region 527b runs through the channel layer 521, the third buffer layer layer 5231a, the second doped layer 5232, the fourth buffer layer 5231b, the barrier layer 5233 and the second risk layer 5234b, the second heavily doped region 527b is in contact with the drain 522c; the first heavily doped region 527a and the second Dopants providing carriers are disposed in the heavily doped region 527b.
  • the materials and functions of the first buffer layer 5234a and the second buffer layer 5234b, the barrier layer 5233, the third buffer layer 5231a, the fourth buffer layer 5231b, and the second doped layer 5232 can refer to the buffer layer 45 in FIG. , the barrier layer 44, the third buffer layer 47c, the fourth buffer layer 47d, and the second doped layer 48b, which will not be repeated here.
  • other semiconductor material layers may be provided between the channel layer 521 and the substrate 51. The structures of other semiconductor material layers in FIG.
  • the core layer 524, the first buffer layer 525a, the first doped layer 526 and the second buffer layer 525b and other semiconductor material layers, their functions and materials can refer to the nucleation layer 42, the first buffer layer 47a, the first The doped layer 48a and the second buffer layer 47b will not be repeated here.
  • the HEMT may include a pseudomorphic high electron mobility transistor (pseudomorphic high electron mobility transistor, pHEMT); or a metamorphic high electron mobility transistor (metamorphic high electron mobility transistor, mHEMT), which is specifically selected in the end product to include Which kind of transistor integrated circuit is determined by the performance of the end product design, so I won't go into details here.
  • pHEMT pseudomorphic high electron mobility transistor
  • mHEMT metamorphic high electron mobility transistor
  • This transistor is MESFET, as shown in Figure 6, is covered with transistor 62 on the substrate 61, and this transistor 62 comprises the channel layer 621 that is stacked on the substrate 61, barrier layer 622;
  • the source electrode 623 a , the insulating layer 624 , and the drain electrode 623 c are covered from left to right; and a gate 623 b is disposed on the insulating layer 624 .
  • the transistor 62 also includes a first heavily doped region 63a and/or a second heavily doped region 63b, wherein the first heavily doped region 63a penetrates through the barrier layer 622 and the channel layer 621, and the first heavily doped region 63a It is in contact with the source electrode 623a; wherein, the second heavily doped region 63b penetrates through the barrier layer 622 and the channel layer 621, and the second heavily doped region 63b is in contact with the drain electrode 623c; the first heavily doped region 63a and the second heavily doped region A dopant providing carriers is provided in the doped region 63b.
  • the substrate 61 includes silicon Si (for example, the substrate 61 can use a silicon wafer), the channel layer 621 includes gallium nitride GaN, and the barrier layer 622 includes aluminum gallium nitride AlGaN, wherein GaN in the channel layer 621 and AlGaN in the barrier layer 622 form a two-dimensional electron gas at the interface due to the polarization phenomenon.
  • semiconductor material layers such as a buffer layer and a nucleation layer are often provided, which are not marked in this embodiment.
  • semiconductor material layers between the active region of the electrode (source 623a or drain 623c) and the channel layer 621, and in the channel layer
  • semiconductor material layers between 621 and the substrate 61 , all of which belong to the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application.
  • the electrodes of the transistor include an emitter (such as the emitter 707a in FIG. 7), a base (such as the first base 707b1 and the second base 707b2 in FIG. 7). ), collectors (such as the first collector 707c1 and the second collector 707c2 in Figure 7).
  • the sub-collector layer 702 also includes: the first on both sides of the collector layer 703
  • the base layer 704 also includes: the first base electrode 707b1 and the second base electrode 707b2 located on both sides of the emitter layer 705;
  • the emitter layer 706 also includes: the emitter Pole 707a.
  • an active region exists in the base region layer 704 .
  • the transistor also includes a first heavily doped region 708a; wherein, the first heavily doped region 708a runs through the emitter capping layer 706 and the emitter layer 705, the first heavily doped region 708a is in contact with the emitter 707a, and the first heavily doped region The doped region 708a is not in contact with the base layer 704 .
  • dopants providing carriers are provided in the first heavily doped region 708a.
  • the carriers provided by the dopant can reduce the resistivity of the ohmic contact resistance between the emitter 707a and the emitter capping layer 706 , since the first heavily doped region 708a penetrates the emitter layer 705, the resistivity of the emitter layer 705 can also be reduced, so the resistivity of the path between the emitter 707a and the active region of the base layer 704 can be reduced, Thereby improving the efficiency of the device.
  • the transistor may further include one or more of the following heavily doped regions: a second heavily doped region 708b1, a third heavily doped region 708b2, a fourth heavily doped region 708c1, and a fifth heavily doped region region 708c2;
  • the second heavily doped region 708b1 runs through the base layer 704, the second heavily doped region 708b1 is in contact with the first base electrode 707b1, and the second heavily doped region 708b1 is not in contact with the collector layer 703;
  • the third heavily doped region 708b1 is in contact with the collector layer 703;
  • the doped region 708b2 runs through the base layer 704, the third heavily doped region 708b2 is in contact with the second base electrode 707b2, and the third heavily doped region 708b2 is not in contact with the collector layer 703;
  • the fourth heavily doped region 708c1 runs through the secondary The collector layer 702, the fourth heavily doped region 708c1 is in contact with the first collector electrode 707c1; the
  • the fourth heavily doped region 708c1 may or may not be in contact with the substrate 701, and the fifth heavily doped region 708c2 may or may not be in contact with the substrate 701, for example:
  • the substrate 701 is made of a conductive material
  • the fourth heavily doped region 708c1 may not be in contact with the substrate 701, and
  • the fifth heavily doped region 708c2 may not be in contact with the substrate 701; of course, when the substrate 701 is made of an insulating material, the fourth heavily doped region 708c1 may or may not be in contact with the substrate 701, and the fifth heavily doped region 708c2 may or may not be in contact with the substrate 701 .
  • the second heavily doped region 708b1 and the third heavily doped region 708b2 are provided with dopants that provide carriers, because the carriers provided by the dopants can reduce the base (the first base 707b1 and the second base 707b1 The resistivity of the ohmic contact resistance between the second base electrode 707b2) and the base layer 704; the fourth heavily doped region 708c1 and the fifth heavily doped region 708c2 are provided with dopants that provide carriers, because the dopants provide The carriers can reduce the resistivity of the ohmic contact resistance between the collector (the first collector 707c1 and the second collector 707c2) and the sub-collector layer 702, thus reducing the contact between the base 707b and the collector 707c and the base layer 704 resistivity on the pathways between the active regions, thereby increasing the efficiency of the device.
  • HBT For HBT, as shown in Figure 7, take GaAs HBT as an example, and this HBT is NPN type, and wherein substrate 701 comprises undoped gallium arsenide GaAs; type impurities, such as gallium arsenide GaAs with at least 1e18 impurity atoms per cubic centimeter); the collector layer 703 contains gallium arsenide GaAs doped with N-type impurities (electronic impurities), and its doping concentration and concentration change The gradient can be changed according to the requirements of different products; the base layer 704 contains gallium arsenide GaAs doped with P-type (hole-type) impurities, the emitter layer 705 contains indium gallium phosphide InGaP doped with N-type impurities, and the emitter The risk layer 706 includes indium gallium arsenide InGaAs heavily doped with N-type impurities (electronic impurities, such as at least 1e18 impurity atoms per
  • the dopant of the first heavily doped region 708a provides N-type carriers; the dopant of the second heavily doped region 708b1 and the third heavily doped region 708b2 provide P-type carriers; dopants in the fourth heavily doped region 708c1 and the fifth heavily doped region 708c2 provide N-type carriers.
  • at least one semiconductor material layer between the emitter 707a of the NPN transistor and the active region of the base layer 704 is usually made of a material with N-type carriers, so in order to avoid the dopant The provided carriers recombine with the carriers in at least one semiconductor material layer, so the dopant in the first heavily doped region 708a provides N-type carriers.
  • At least one semiconductor material layer on the path between the base 707b (the first base 707b1 or the second base 707b2 shown in FIG. 7 ) and the active region usually adopts a P-type current-carrying material layer. Therefore, the dopant in the second heavily doped region 708b1 and the third heavily doped region 708b2 provides P-type carriers; the collector 707c (the first collector 707c1 or the second collector shown in FIG. 7 At least one layer of semiconductor material layer on the path between the collector electrode 707c2) and the active region usually uses a material with N-type carriers, so the fourth heavily doped region 708c1 and the fifth heavily doped region 708c2 The dopant provides N-type carriers.
  • the dopant of the first heavily doped region 708a provides P-type carriers; the dopant of the second heavily doped region 708b1 and the third heavily doped region 708b2 provide N-type carriers; the dopants in the fourth heavily doped region 708c1 and the fifth heavily doped region 708c2 provide P-type carriers.
  • the types of dopants are not limited in the embodiments of the present application, for example, the above dopants may include one or more impurity elements.
  • the dopant that provides N-type carriers includes at least one or more impurity elements in silicon Si, germanium Ge or tin Sn; the dopant that provides P-type carriers includes at least beryllium Be or carbon One or more impurity elements in C.
  • the dopant Since the dopant reaches a certain concentration, it can provide the carriers that can actually reduce the resistivity. Therefore, the first heavily doped region 708a, the second heavily doped region 708b1, the third heavily doped region 708b2, and the fourth Concentrations of dopants in the heavily doped region 708c1 and the fifth heavily doped region 708c2 are greater than or equal to a predetermined concentration.
  • the predetermined concentration of the dopant in the first heavily doped region 708a, the second heavily doped region 708b1, the third heavily doped region 708b2, the fourth heavily doped region 708c1 and the fifth heavily doped region 708c2 is 1e18 atoms/ A cubic centimeter may be, for example, 1e18 to 1e21 atoms/cubic centimeter.
  • the substrate material of a transistor in an integrated circuit may include any of the following: gallium arsenide GaAs, indium phosphide InP, and gallium nitride GaN.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a method for manufacturing an integrated circuit, as shown in FIG. 8 , including the following steps:
  • the materials that can be used for the substrate include any of the following: gallium arsenide GaAs, indium phosphide InP, and gallium nitride GaN.
  • the manufacturing process of the substrate may be produced by chemical vapor deposition (plasma enhanced chemical vapor deposition, PECVD), vapor deposition (CVD) and other processes.
  • PECVD plasma enhanced chemical vapor deposition
  • CVD vapor deposition
  • the channel layer and barrier layer stacked on the substrate can also be fabricated by a process similar or identical to that of the substrate.
  • the active region may be a region facing the gate in the channel layer.
  • the semiconductor material layer between the substrate and the channel layer can be made of a nucleation layer and one or more buffer layers, and can also include a multi-layer buffer layer
  • a layer of photoresist is coated on the uppermost semiconductor material layer, which can be a positive photoresist or a negative photoresist.
  • the uppermost semiconductor material layer is a barrier layer, it can be Make the photoresist that covers the barrier layer; or if the uppermost semiconductor material layer is a risk layer (the first risk layer and the second risk layer), you can make the photoresist that covers the first risk layer and the second risk layer .
  • photolithography may be performed on the photoresist made on the covering barrier layer, a source opening is formed in the region of the source, and a drain opening is formed in the region of the drain; or it may be made on the covering first
  • the photoresist of the risk layer and the second risk layer is subjected to photolithography to form a source opening in the region of the source on the first risk layer, and to form a drain opening in the region of the drain on the second risk layer.
  • the first heavily doped region runs through the barrier layer and the channel layer, or the first heavily doped region runs through the first buffer layer, at least one buffer layer, and any adjacent two buffer layers in the at least one buffer layer
  • the dopant may include one or more impurity elements.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the type of impurity elements contained in the dopant, for example: the dopant providing N-type carriers includes at least one or more impurities in silicon Si, germanium Ge or tin Sn element; the dopant providing P-type carriers includes at least one or more impurity elements in beryllium Be or carbon C.
  • the surface density of the dopant injected into the first heavily doped region and the second heavily doped region can be greater than or equal to 1e14 atoms/square centimeter, for example, it can be 1e14 ⁇ 1e17 atoms/square centimeter; the energy of ion implantation is determined according to the thickness of the semiconductor material layer that needs to penetrate, and the final ion implantation After completion, the dopant concentration in the first heavily doped region and the second heavily doped region is greater than or equal to 1e18 atoms/cm 3 , for example, 1e18 ⁇ 1e21 atoms/cm 3 .
  • the transistor includes at least HEMT and MESFET; the transistor is N-type, and the dopant provides N-type carriers; or, the transistor is P-type, and the dopant provides P-type carriers.
  • the carriers in the active region are N-type (that is, electron-type) carriers, or if the transistor is P-type, the carriers in the active region are P-type (that is, hole-type) Carriers, so in order to avoid the recombination of carriers in the active region and the carriers provided by the dopant (recombination of electron-type carriers and hole-type carriers), affecting the concentration of the two-dimensional electron gas, therefore
  • the type of carriers provided by the dopant is the same as that of the carriers in the active region, that is, the transistor is N-type, and the dopant provides N-type carriers; or, the transistor is P Type, the dopant provides P-type carriers.
  • the dopant that provides the carrier is implanted through the source opening and the drain opening. After the first heavily doped region and the second heavily doped region are formed, the dopant that provides the carrier for the injection is also required. An annealing process is performed to activate the carriers of the implanted dopants, so that the carriers are uniformly distributed in the first heavily doped region and the second heavily doped region.
  • the carriers of the implanted dopant can also be activated by the annealing process in the fabrication of subsequent electrodes (source, drain and gate).
  • a layer of photoresist can be coated on the uppermost semiconductor material layer, and the photoresist can be a positive photoresist or a negative photoresist, for example, a photoresist can be coated on the barrier layer
  • the glue can alternatively be a photoresist coated on the masking layer. Photolithography is performed on the photoresist and a gate opening is formed in the area of the gate. Then make the source in the source opening, make the drain in the drain opening, and make the gate in the gate opening. Wherein the first heavily doped region is in contact with the source, and the second heavily doped region is in contact with the drain.
  • the first heavily doped region may or may not be in contact with the substrate, and the second heavily doped region may or may not be in contact with the substrate. Short circuit with the second heavily doped region, then the first heavily doped region may not be in contact with the substrate, and the second heavily doped region may not be in contact with the substrate; of course, when the substrate is made of insulating material, the first heavily doped region The doped region may or may not be in contact with the substrate, and the second heavily doped region may or may not be in contact with the substrate.
  • the first heavily doped region and the second heavily doped region are provided with dopants providing carriers, and the first heavily doped region is in contact with the source and the second heavily doped region is in contact with the drain, then
  • a voltage is applied to the gate to generate a two-dimensional electron gas in the active region of the channel layer
  • the two-dimensional electron gas can be transported between the active region of the channel layer and the source through the first heavily doped region
  • the two-dimensional electron gas can be transported between the active region and the drain of the channel layer through the second heavily doped region, because the dopant can provide carriers, thus reducing the current transmission of the two-dimensional electron gas in the above-mentioned
  • the resistance on the path that is, the carriers provided by the dopant can reduce the resistivity on the path from the active region in the channel layer to the source and drain, thereby improving the efficiency of the device.
  • the method for manufacturing an integrated circuit includes the following steps:
  • stacking layers can be sequentially formed on the substrate 51
  • a plurality of semiconductor material layers are provided, and the plurality of semiconductor material layers sequentially include a nucleation layer 524, a first buffer layer 525a, a first doped layer 526, a second buffer layer 525b, a channel layer 521, a third The buffer layer 5231 a , the second doped layer 5232 , the fourth buffer layer 5231 b , the barrier layer 5233 and the capping layer 5234 .
  • an active region exists in the channel layer 521 .
  • multiple semiconductor material layers can be formed on the substrate by using processes such as deposition process and coating process.
  • the photoresist can be shielded by a shading plate (reticle mask).
  • the shape of the shading plate is as shown in FIG. area, the area where the electrode (such as the grid) is formed is set as the light-transmitting area.
  • the two sides above the masking layer 5234 are opaque areas, and the middle is a light-transmitting area. Then, after the coated photoresist is cured, the photoresist in the light-transmitting area is activated by irradiating the light-shielding plate with light, and the photoresist in the light-transmitting area is removed to form a first gate opening, as shown in Figure 11 shown.
  • Etching the risk layer by opening a first gate window to form a gate fabrication region.
  • step 903 dry etching or wet etching can be used to etch the capping layer 5234 exposed under the first gate opening, and the capping layer 5234 is divided into first capping layers 5234a. and the structure of distributed left and right of the second risk layer 5234b, forming a gate fabrication region between the first risk layer 5234a and the second risk layer 5234b.
  • a photoresist may be firstly coated on the capping layer 5234 and the gate fabrication area, and a second gate opening for making the gate is formed on the photoresist by a process similar to step 902.
  • the photoresist can be shielded by a light-shielding plate.
  • the shape of the light-shielding plate is shown in FIG. 14 , the two sides of the light-shielding plate above the capping layer 5234 are opaque areas, and the middle is a light-transmitting area. It should be noted that the light-shielding plate at this time is similar in structure to the light-shielding plate in FIG.
  • the light-transmitting area is smaller than that in FIG. 10 .
  • the photoresist in the light-transmitting area is activated by irradiating the light-shielding plate with light, and the photoresist in the light-transmitting area is removed to form a second grid opening, as shown in Figure 15 shown.
  • the gate 522a is formed in the second gate opening.
  • the second gate opening above the barrier layer 5233 can be formed by using a metal deposition process, an evaporation process, or an electroplating process.
  • the gate 522a generally, the gate 522a can be made of copper, aluminum, manganese and other metal simple substances or alloys.
  • a photoresist can be first coated on the capping layer 5234 (the first capping layer 5234a and the second capping layer 5234b ) and the gate 522a, and a process similar to step 902 is used to coat the photoresist
  • the source window for making the source and the drain window for making the drain are formed on the glue.
  • the photoresist can be blocked by a light shield.
  • the region where electrodes (such as source and drain) are formed is set as a light-transmitting area, and other areas are set as light-impermeable areas.
  • the photoresist in the light-transmitting area is activated by irradiating the light-shielding plate with light, and the photoresist in the light-transmitting area is removed to form a source opening and a drain opening, As shown in Figure 19.
  • ion implantation can be used to implant carrier dopants through source opening and drain opening to form a first heavily doped region and a second heavily doped region. Regions, specifically as shown in FIG. 21 , the first heavily doped region 527a below the source opening and the second heavily doped region 527b below the drain opening.
  • the ion implantation region shown in FIG. 21 (that is, the first heavily doped region 527a and the second heavily doped region 527b) penetrates the capping layer 5234, the barrier layer 5233, the fourth buffer layer 5231b, the second doped layer 5232 and the second Three buffer layers 5231a to the channel layer 521.
  • the concentration of dopants implanted in the first heavily doped region 527a and the second heavily doped region 527b is used to reduce the ohmic contact between the source (or drain) and the first risk layer 5234a (or second risk layer 5234b).
  • the resistivity of the resistor, the resistivity of the semiconductor material layer on the channel between the electrode (source and/or drain) and the active region; the type and effectiveness of the carriers provided by the ion-implanted dopant The type of carriers in the source region is consistent; the dopant for ion implantation can be a single element or a mixture of multiple elements; the surface density of the dopant for ion implantation (ie, the dose per unit area (per square centimeter) ) can be greater than or equal to 1e14 atoms/square centimeter, for example, it can be 1e14 ⁇ 1e17 atoms/square centimeter; the energy of ion implantation depends on the risk layer 5234, the barrier layer 5233, the fourth buffer layer 5231b, the second doped layer 5232, the third The thickness of the buffer layer 5231 a and the channel layer 521 is determined; the range of the final ion implantation should reach the channel layer 521 , but cannot pass through the nucleation layer 524 .
  • the annealing process is required to activate the carriers of the implanted dopants, so that the carriers are evenly distributed in the first heavily doped region 527a and the second heavily doped region 527b.
  • the annealing process in the fabrication of the subsequent electrodes (source and drain) can also be used to activate the carriers of the implanted dopant.
  • the dopant concentration in the first heavily doped region 527 a and the second heavily doped region 527 b is greater than or equal to 1e18 atoms/cm 3 , for example, 1e18 ⁇ 1e21 atoms/cm 3 .
  • the dopant concentration in the first heavily doped region 527a and the second heavily doped region 527b is higher, the dopant concentration in the first heavily doped region 527a and the second heavily doped region 527b
  • the carrier concentration provided is also higher.
  • the source electrode 522b is formed by opening the source electrode.
  • the source electrode 522b can be formed by opening the source electrode by using a metal deposition process, an evaporation process, or an electroplating process.
  • the source electrode 522b can be made of copper, Aluminum, manganese and other metals or alloys;
  • the drain 522c is fabricated in the drain opening, and the same or similar process and materials as the source 522b can be used to fabricate the drain.
  • the manufacturing processes of the source electrode 522b and the drain electrode 522c can be performed simultaneously.
  • the first heavily doped region 527a is in contact with the source 522b, and the second heavily doped region 527b is in contact with the drain 522c.
  • an integrated circuit including HEMTs as shown in FIG. 5 can be manufactured.
  • the fabrication of the gate is performed first, followed by the fabrication of the source and the drain.
  • the source, the drain, and the gate can also be fabricated in the same step at the same time.
  • FIG. 22 to FIG. 27 for the implementation of the present application.
  • Another kind of manufacturing method of the integrated circuit that example provides comprises the following steps:
  • Etching the risk layer by opening a first gate window to form a gate fabrication region.
  • steps 1001-1003 can refer to the description of steps 901-903, and will not be repeated here.
  • the following steps are continued at 903 to form the structure in FIG. 12 .
  • a photoresist may be firstly coated on the capping layer 5234 and the gate fabrication region, and a source opening and a drain opening are formed on the photoresist by a process similar to step 1002.
  • the photoresist can be shielded by a light-shielding plate.
  • the shape of the light-shielding plate is as shown in FIG. Set to opaque area.
  • the two sides of the light-shielding plate above the capping layer 5234 are light-transmitting areas, and the others are light-impermeable areas.
  • the photoresist in the light-transmitting area is activated by irradiating the light-shielding plate with light, and the photoresist in the light-transmitting area is removed to form a source opening and a drain opening, As shown in Figure 23.
  • ion implantation can be used to implant carrier dopants through source opening and drain opening to form a first heavily doped region and a second heavily doped region. area.
  • the ion implantation region shown in FIG. 25 (that is, the first heavily doped region 527a and the second heavily doped region 527b) penetrates the capping layer 5234, the barrier layer 5233, the fourth buffer layer 5231b, the second doped layer 5232, the second
  • the three buffer layers 5231 a and the channel layer 521 are the first heavily doped region 527 a under the source opening and the second heavily doped region 527 b under the drain opening.
  • the dopant concentration implanted in the first heavily doped region 527a and the second heavily doped region 527b is used to reduce the ohmic contact resistance between the source (or drain) and the first risk layer 5234a (or second risk layer 5234b).
  • the ion-implanted dopant can be a single element or a mixture of multiple elements; the surface density (that is, the dose per unit area (per square centimeter)) of the ion-implanted dopant can be greater than or equal to 1e14 atoms/square centimeter, For example, it can be 1e14-1e17 atoms/square centimeter; the energy of ion implantation depends on the thicknesses of the impingement layer 5234, the barrier layer 5233, the fourth buffer layer 5231b, the second doped layer 5232, the third buffer layer 5231a, and the channel layer 521 Decision; the range of the final ion implantation should reach the channel layer 521 , but not pass through the nucleation layer 524 .
  • the annealing process is required to activate the carriers of the implanted dopants, so that the carriers are evenly distributed in the first heavily doped region 527a and the second heavily doped region 527b.
  • the annealing process in the fabrication of the subsequent electrodes (source and drain) can also be used to activate the carriers of the implanted dopant.
  • the dopant concentration in the first heavily doped region 527 a and the second heavily doped region 527 b is greater than or equal to 1e18 atoms/cm 3 , for example, 1e18 ⁇ 1e21 atoms/cm 3 .
  • the dopant concentration in the first heavily doped region 527a and the second heavily doped region 527b is higher, the dopant concentration in the first heavily doped region 527a and the second heavily doped region 527b
  • the carrier concentration provided is also higher.
  • a process similar to step 1002 is used to form a second gate opening for making a gate on the photoresist.
  • the photoresist can be blocked by a light shielding plate.
  • the shape of the light-shielding plate is shown in FIG. 26 , that is, the area where the grid is formed is set as a light-transmitting area, and the other areas are set as light-impermeable areas.
  • the photoresist in the light-transmitting area is activated by irradiating the light-shielding plate with light, and the photoresist in the light-transmitting area is removed to form a second grid opening, as shown in Figure 27 shown.
  • the source electrode 522b is formed by opening the source electrode.
  • the source electrode 522b can be formed by opening the source electrode by using a metal deposition process, an evaporation process, or an electroplating process.
  • the source electrode 522b can be Metal simple substance or alloy such as copper, aluminum, manganese, etc. are used; the drain 522c is formed in the drain opening; the gate 522a is formed in the second gate opening.
  • the drain 522c and the gate 522a can be fabricated using the same or similar processes and materials as the source 522b.
  • the manufacturing process of the source 522b, the drain 522c and the gate 522a can be performed simultaneously. In this way, an integrated circuit including HEMTs as shown in FIG. 5 can also be produced.
  • the first heavily doped region 527a is in contact with the source 522b, and the second heavily doped region 527b is in contact with the drain 522c.
  • a method for manufacturing an integrated circuit includes the following steps:
  • a channel layer 621 and a barrier layer 622 are fabricated on a substrate 61 .
  • the channel layer 621 and the barrier layer 622 can be formed on the substrate by using processes such as deposition process and coating process. Wherein, an active region exists in the channel layer 621 .
  • an insulating layer 624 may be formed on the barrier layer 622 .
  • the insulating layer 624 may be fabricated by a deposition process, a coating process, and the like.
  • a photoresist may be coated on the insulating layer 624, and then photolithography is performed on the photoresist.
  • the photoresist can be shielded by a shading plate.
  • the shape of the shading plate is as shown in Figure 30, that is, the area where electrodes (such as source and drain electrodes) will be formed is set as a light-transmitting area, and other areas are set as Opaque area.
  • the photoresist in the light-transmitting area is activated by irradiating the light-shielding plate with light, and the photoresist in the light-transmitting area is removed to form a source opening and a drain opening, As shown in Figure 31.
  • Etch the insulating layer by opening the source window and the drain window, and remove the insulating layer region below the source window and the drain window.
  • step 1104 dry etching or wet etching can be used to etch the insulating layer 624 exposed under the source opening and the drain opening, and the left and right sides of the insulating layer 624 Etching away to form the structure of the insulating layer 624 shown in FIG. 32 , the etched area on the left side of the insulating layer 624 is the source opening, and the etched area on the right side of the insulating layer 624 is the drain opening.
  • inject dopant providing carriers by opening a source window and a drain window to form a first heavily doped region and a second heavily doped region.
  • ion implantation can be used to implant carrier dopants through source opening and drain opening to form the first heavily doped region and the second heavily doped region.
  • region as shown in FIG. 34, a first heavily doped region 63a is formed under the source opening, and a second heavily doped region 63b is formed under the drain opening, wherein the first heavily doped region 63a penetrates the barrier layer 622 and the channel layer 621 , the second heavily doped region 63 b penetrates through the barrier layer 622 and the channel layer 621 .
  • the concentration of the dopant implanted in the first heavily doped region 63a and the second heavily doped region 63b is to reduce the resistivity and source ( Or drain) to the purpose of the resistivity on the path between the active region;
  • the type of carriers provided by the ion-implanted dopant is consistent with the carrier type in the active region;
  • the ion-implanted dopant It can be a single element or a mixture of multiple elements;
  • the surface density of the ion-implanted dopant (that is, the dose per unit area (per square centimeter)) can be greater than or equal to 1e14 atoms/square centimeter, for example, it can be 1e14 ⁇ 1e17 atoms/cm2;
  • the energy of ion implantation is determined according to the thicknesses of the barrier layer 622 and the channel layer 621; the final implantation range must reach the channel layer 621.
  • an annealing process is required to activate the carriers of the implanted dopants, so that the carriers are evenly distributed in the first heavily doped region 63a and the second heavily doped region 63b.
  • the annealing process in the fabrication of the subsequent electrodes can also be used to activate the carriers of the implanted dopant.
  • the dopant concentration in the first heavily doped region 63 a and the second heavily doped region 63 b is greater than or equal to 1e18 atoms/cm 3 , for example, 1e18 ⁇ 1e21 atoms/cm 3 .
  • the dopant concentration in the first heavily doped region 63a and the second heavily doped region 63b is higher, the dopant concentration in the first heavily doped region 63a and the second heavily doped region 63b The carrier concentration provided is also higher.
  • the first heavily doped region 63a and the second heavily doped region 63b are formed by injecting dopants that provide carriers through source opening and drain opening
  • the first heavily doped region 63a may or may not be in contact with the substrate 61
  • the second heavily doped region 63b may or may not be in contact with the substrate 61, for example: when the substrate 61 uses a conductive material, in order to avoid the substrate 61 directly short-circuits the first heavily doped region 63a and the second heavily doped region 63b, then the first heavily doped region 63a may not be in contact with the substrate 61, and the second heavily doped region 63b may not be in contact with the substrate 61.
  • the first heavily doped region 63a may or may not be in contact with the substrate 61
  • the second heavily doped region 63b may or may not be in contact with the substrate 61 .
  • the photoresist can be shielded by a light-shielding plate.
  • the shape of the light-shielding plate is shown in FIG. 35, that is, the area where the grid is formed is set as a light-transmitting area, and other areas are set as light-impermeable areas. .
  • the photoresist in the light-transmitting area is activated by irradiating the light-shielding plate with light, and the photoresist in the light-transmitting area is removed to form a gate opening, as shown in FIG. 36 .
  • the source electrode 623a is formed in the source window.
  • the source electrode 623a can be formed in the source window by using a metal deposition process, an evaporation process, or an electroplating process.
  • the source electrode 623a can use copper, aluminum, manganese and other metal simple substances or alloys;
  • the drain 623c is made in the drain opening, and the gate 623b is made in the gate opening, and the same or similar process and materials as the source 623a can be used to make the drain. pole 623c and gate 623b.
  • the manufacturing processes of the source 623a, the drain 623c and the gate 623b can be performed simultaneously.
  • the first heavily doped region 63a is in contact with the source 623a
  • the second heavily doped region 63b is in contact with the drain 623c.
  • the region of part of the insulating layer 624 under the gate will be etched away first when making the gate (for example, using a thinner insulating layer under the gate can improve the response of the device. speed), and then make the grid. In this way, an integrated circuit including MESFETs as shown in FIG. 6 can be produced.
  • a method for manufacturing an integrated circuit includes the following steps:
  • multiple semiconductor material layers stacked on the substrate can be formed on the substrate by using processes such as deposition process and coating process.
  • a plurality of stacked semiconductor material layers are arranged on the substrate 701, and the plurality of semiconductor material layers sequentially include a sub-collector layer 702, a collector layer 703, a base layer 704, an emitter layer 705, and an emitter capping layer from bottom to top. 706.
  • the regions on both sides of the emitter layer 705 above the base layer 704 and the emitter capping layer 706 are etched by an etching process to form a first stepped surface F1 and a second stepped surface F2, so that the first stepped surface F2 can be formed in the subsequent process.
  • the first base is formed on the stepped surface F1
  • the second base is formed on the second stepped surface F2.
  • the regions on both sides of the collector layer 703 above the sub-collector layer 702 and the base layer 704 are etched by an etching process to form a third stepped surface F3 and a fourth stepped surface F4, so that in the subsequent process, the third stepped surface
  • the first collector is made on the face F3, and the second collector is made on the fourth stepped face F4.
  • a photoresist can be coated on the emitter capping layer 706, the exposed surface of the base layer 704 and the exposed surface of the sub-collector layer 702, and then the photoresist Photolithography is performed above.
  • the photoresist can be shielded by a light-shielding plate, the shape of the light-shielding plate is shown in Figure 39, that is, the area where an electrode (such as an emitter) is to be formed is set as a light-transmitting area, and other areas are set as an opaque area area.
  • the photoresist in the light-transmitting area is activated by irradiating the light-shielding plate with light, and the photoresist in the light-transmitting area is removed to form an emitter opening as shown in FIG. 40 .
  • the first heavily doped region is formed by implanting the dopant that provides carriers through the emitter opening, such as the first heavily doped region 708 a formed under the emitter shown in FIG. 42 .
  • the first heavily doped region 708 a runs through the emitter capping layer 706 and the emitter layer 705 , and the first heavily doped region 708 a is not in contact with the base layer 704 .
  • the concentration of the dopant implanted in the first heavily doped region 708a is to reduce the resistivity of the ohmic contact resistance between the emitter and the emitter risk layer 706 and the path between the emitter and the active region of the base layer.
  • the resistivity on the object; the type of carriers provided by the ion-implanted dopant is consistent with the carrier type of the dopant in the emitter layer 706 and the emitter layer 705; the ion-implanted dopant It can be a single element or a mixture of multiple elements; the surface density of the ion-implanted dopant (that is, the dose per unit area (per square centimeter)) can be greater than or equal to 1e14 atoms/square centimeter, for example, it can be 1e14 ⁇ 1e17 Atoms/cm2; the energy of ion implantation needs to be determined according to the thickness of the semiconductor material layer spanning, for example, considering the thickness of the emitter capping layer 706 and the emitter layer 705 .
  • the doping depth of the emitter capping layer 706 and the emitter layer 705 by the dopant may be less than or equal to the thickness of the emitter capping layer 706 and the emitter layer 705 , which is not specifically limited in this embodiment.
  • an annealing process is required to activate the carriers of the implanted dopant, so that the carriers are evenly distributed in the first heavily doped region 708a.
  • the annealing process in the fabrication of the subsequent electrode (emitter) can also be used to activate the carriers of the implanted dopant.
  • the dopant concentration in the first heavily doped region 708 a is greater than or equal to 1e18 atoms/cm 3 , for example, it may be 1e18 ⁇ 1e21 atoms/cm 3 . It should be noted that the higher the dopant concentration in the first heavily doped region 708 a is, the higher the carrier concentration provided by the dopant in the first heavily doped region 708 a is.
  • the emitter 707a is formed by opening the emitter window.
  • the emitter 707a can be formed by opening the emitter window by using a metal deposition process, an evaporation process, or an electroplating process.
  • the emitter 707a can be Use copper, aluminum, manganese and other metals as simple substances or alloys.
  • the first heavily doped region 708a is in contact with the emitter 707a.
  • a photoresist covering multiple semiconductor material layers is fabricated, and photolithography is performed on the base region layer to form a first base opening and a second base opening.
  • a photoresist is first coated on the emitter electrode, the surface of the bare drain of the base layer 704, and the surface of the bare drain of the sub-collector layer 702, and then photolithography is performed on the base layer. , forming a first base window and a second base window, such as the first base window and the second base window shown in FIG. 44 .
  • the second heavily doped region 708b1 is formed by implanting the dopant that provides carriers through the first base opening, wherein the second heavily doped region 708b1 runs through the base layer 704, and the second heavily doped region 708b1 is connected to the collector
  • the layer 703 is not in contact; the dopant that provides carriers is implanted through the second base opening to form a third heavily doped region 708b2, the third heavily doped region 708b2 runs through the base layer 704, and the third heavily doped region 708b2 is not in contact with the collector layer 703 .
  • the concentration of the ion-implanted dopant is to reduce the resistivity of the ohmic contact resistance between the base and the base layer 704; the type of carriers provided by the ion-implanted dopant and the The carrier type of the dopant is consistent; the dopant for ion implantation can be a single element or a mixture of multiple elements; the surface density of the dopant for ion implantation (ie the dose per unit area (per square centimeter) ) can be greater than or equal to 1e14 atoms/square centimeter, for example, it can be 1e14-1e17 atoms/square centimeter; the energy of ion implantation needs to be determined according to the thickness of the semiconductor material layer spanning, for example, it is considered to be less than or equal to the thickness of the base layer 704.
  • the doping depth of the base layer 704 by the dopants is less than or equal to the depth of the base layer 704 , which is not specifically limited in this embodiment.
  • an annealing process is required to activate the carriers of the implanted dopant so that the carriers are evenly distributed.
  • the annealing process in the fabrication of the subsequent electrode (base electrode) can also be used to activate the carriers of the implanted dopant.
  • the dopant concentration in the second heavily doped region 708b1 and the third heavily doped region 708b2 is greater than or equal to 1e18 atoms/cm3, for example, 1e18 ⁇ 1e21 atoms/cm3.
  • the dopant concentration in the second heavily doped region 708b1 and the third heavily doped region 708b2 is higher, the dopant concentration in the second heavily doped region 708b1 and the third heavily doped region 708b2
  • the carrier concentration provided is also higher.
  • the first base is made in the first base opening and the second base is made in the second base opening.
  • the first base 707b1 is formed by opening a window in the first base.
  • the first base 707b1 can be formed by opening a window in the first base by using a metal deposition process, an evaporation process, or an electroplating process.
  • the first base electrode 707b1 can be made of copper, aluminum, manganese and other metal elements or alloys.
  • the second base 707b2 is fabricated in the opening of the second base, which can be fabricated using the same material and process as the first base 707b1.
  • the first base 707b1 and the second base 707b2 are formed simultaneously in the same process.
  • the second heavily doped region 708b1 is in contact with the first base 707b1
  • the third heavily doped region 708b2 is in contact with the second base 707b2 .
  • a photoresist covering multiple semiconductor material layers, and performing photolithography on the sub-collector layer to form a first collector opening and a second collector opening.
  • a photoresist is first coated on the emitter 707a, on the first base 707b1, on the second base 707b2 and on the surface of the exposed drain of the sub-collector layer 702, and then photolithography Photolithography is performed above the glue to form a first collector window and a second collector window, such as the first collector window and the second collector window shown in FIG. 46 .
  • the dopant that provides carriers is implanted through the first collector window to form the fourth heavily doped region 708c1, wherein the fourth heavily doped region 708c1 penetrates the sub-collector layer 702;
  • a dopant that provides carriers forms a fifth heavily doped region 708 c 2 , wherein the fifth heavily doped region 708 c 2 penetrates through the sub-collector layer 702 .
  • the fourth heavily doped region 708c1 may or may not be in contact with the substrate 701, and the fifth heavily doped region 708c2 may or may not be in contact with the substrate 701, for example:
  • the substrate 701 is made of a conductive material
  • the fourth heavily doped region 708c1 may not be in contact with the substrate 701, and
  • the fifth heavily doped region 708c2 may not be in contact with the substrate 701; of course, when the substrate 701 is made of an insulating material, the fourth heavily doped region 708c1 may or may not be in contact with the substrate 701, and the fifth heavily doped region 708c2 may or may not be in contact with the substrate 701 .
  • the dopant concentration of ion implantation in the fourth heavily doped region 708c1 and the fifth heavily doped region 708c2 is aimed at reducing the resistivity of the ohmic contact resistance between the collector and the sub-collector layer 702; the ion implanted dopant
  • the type of carriers provided is consistent with the carrier type of the dopant in the sub-collector layer 702; the ion-implanted dopant can be a single element or a mixture of multiple elements; the ion-implanted doping
  • the surface density of the object that is, the dose per unit area (per square centimeter)
  • the energy of ion implantation needs to be based on the thickness of the semiconductor material layer spanning Determined, for example, considering a thickness less than or equal to the sub-collector layer 702 .
  • the doping depth of the sub-collector layer 702 by the dopant is smaller than the depth of the sub-collector layer 702 , which is not specifically limited in this embodiment.
  • an annealing process is required to activate the carriers of the implanted dopant, so that the carriers are evenly distributed in the fourth heavily doped region 708c1 and the fifth heavily doped region 708c2.
  • the annealing process in the fabrication of the subsequent electrode (collector) can also be used to activate the carriers of the implanted dopant.
  • the dopant concentration in the fourth heavily doped region 708c1 and the fifth heavily doped region 708c2 is greater than or equal to 1e18 atoms/cm 3 , for example, 1e18 ⁇ 1e21 atoms/cm 3 . It should be noted that, when the dopant concentration in the fourth heavily doped region 708c1 and the fifth heavily doped region 708c2 is higher, the concentration of the dopant in the fourth heavily doped region 708c1 and the fifth heavily doped region 708c2 The carrier concentration provided is also higher.
  • the first collector electrode 707c1 is formed by opening the first collector electrode window.
  • the first collector electrode 707c1 can be formed on the collector window 1 by using a metal deposition process, an evaporation process, or an electroplating process.
  • the first collector electrode 707c1 can be made of copper, aluminum, manganese and other metals or alloys.
  • the second collector electrode 707c2 is fabricated in the opening of the second collector electrode, and the same material and process as that of the first collector electrode 707c1 can be used for fabrication.
  • the first collector electrode 707c1 and the second collector electrode 707c2 are formed simultaneously in the same process.
  • the fourth heavily doped region 708c1 is in contact with the first collector electrode 707c1
  • the fifth heavily doped region 708c2 is in contact with the second collector electrode 707c2.
  • the fabrication sequence of the above-mentioned base window, collector window and emitter window is not limited.
  • the first base, the second base, the first collector, the second collector, and the emitter can also be fabricated simultaneously through one process.
  • the path between the active region and the emitter of the base layer 704 includes: the emitter layer 705, the emitter capping layer 706; the path between the active region and the collector of the base layer 704 includes: Collector layer 702, collector layer 703.
  • the path between the active area of the base layer 704 and the base includes: other areas than the active area of the base layer 704 . In this way, the integrated circuit including the HBT shown in FIG. 7 can be manufactured.
  • the photoresists mentioned in the specific implementation manners of the examples of the present application are all positive photoresists, that is, the photoresist can be activated after being illuminated, and then the activated photoresist can be removed.
  • negative photoresists can also be used in actual operations. It should be noted that negative photoresists will not be activated after being illuminated, and will be activated without illumination. Therefore, when negative photoresist is used, the light-transmitting area and the opaque area of the light-shielding plate in the illustration need to be exchanged, that is, the original light-transmitting area becomes an opaque area, and the original opaque area becomes an opaque area.

Abstract

Th embodiments of the present application relate to the technical field of semiconductors. Provided are an integrated circuit, a power amplification circuit and an electronic device, which can reduce the resistivity in a path between an active region and an electrode, thereby improving the efficiency of a device. The integrated circuit comprises: a substrate, which is covered with a transistor, wherein the transistor includes a channel layer and a barrier layer which are arranged on the substrate in a stacked manner, and a source electrode, a drain electrode and a gate electrode which are arranged on the barrier layer; and the transistor further comprises a first heavily doped region and/or a second heavily doped region, the first heavily doped region penetrating the barrier layer and the channel layer and the first heavily doped region being in contact with the source electrode, and not being in contact with the substrate, the second heavily doped region penetrating the barrier layer and the channel layer and the second heavily doped region being in contact with the drain electrode, and not being in contact with the substrate, and dopants for providing carriers being arranged in the first heavily doped region and the second heavily doped region.

Description

集成电路、功率放大电路及电子设备Integrated circuits, power amplifier circuits and electronic equipment 技术领域technical field
本申请涉及半导体技术领域,尤其涉及一种集成电路、功率放大电路及电子设备。The present application relates to the technical field of semiconductors, in particular to an integrated circuit, a power amplifier circuit and electronic equipment.
背景技术Background technique
目前,在射频信号的处理中,通常采用诸如高电子迁移率晶体管(high electron mobility transistor,HEMT)等器件作为电子设备的功率放大器中的功率放大电路。例如,在电子设备的射频调制电路中所产生的射频信号功率很小,需要经过一系列的放大,获得足够的射频功率以后,才能馈送到天线上辐射出去。为了获得足够大的射频功率,必须采用射频功率放大器对射频信号进行功率放大。射频功率放大器在雷达、无线通信、导航、卫星通讯、电子对抗等系统的设备中有着广泛的应用,是现代无线通信的关键器件。At present, in the processing of radio frequency signals, devices such as high electron mobility transistors (high electron mobility transistors, HEMTs) are usually used as power amplification circuits in power amplifiers of electronic equipment. For example, the power of the radio frequency signal generated in the radio frequency modulation circuit of the electronic device is very small, and it needs to go through a series of amplifications to obtain enough radio frequency power before it can be fed to the antenna for radiation. In order to obtain sufficient radio frequency power, a radio frequency power amplifier must be used to amplify the power of the radio frequency signal. RF power amplifiers are widely used in radar, wireless communication, navigation, satellite communication, electronic countermeasures and other systems, and are key components of modern wireless communication.
通常,上述的晶体管包括制作在衬底上的沟道层以及电极,例如电极包括源极、漏极和栅极等,其中栅极正对沟道层的有源区。此外,为了实现晶体管的器件特性,电极与沟道层之间通常还设置有其他的半导体材料层,例如在HEMT中,源极以及漏极与沟道层之间还依次设置有冒层(cap)、势垒层、一层或多层缓冲层等半导体材料层。Generally, the above-mentioned transistor includes a channel layer and electrodes fabricated on the substrate, for example, the electrodes include a source, a drain, and a gate, wherein the gate faces the active region of the channel layer. In addition, in order to realize the device characteristics of the transistor, other semiconductor material layers are usually arranged between the electrode and the channel layer. ), barrier layers, one or more buffer layers and other semiconductor material layers.
在上述晶体管工作时,沟道层的有源区中产生的二维电子气通过这些半导体材料层传输至对应的电极(例如源极或漏极)时,电流传输的路径上的电阻不一致,当某些半导体材料层或者上述的欧姆接触电阻的电阻率较高时,会严重影响器件的性能,造成器件的效率较低。When the above-mentioned transistor is working, when the two-dimensional electron gas generated in the active region of the channel layer is transported to the corresponding electrode (such as the source or drain) through these semiconductor material layers, the resistance on the path of current transmission is inconsistent, when When the resistivity of certain semiconductor material layers or the above-mentioned ohmic contact resistance is high, the performance of the device will be seriously affected, resulting in low efficiency of the device.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请的实施例提供了一种集成电路、功率放大电路及电子设备,能够降低沟道层的有源区到电极之间的通路上的电阻率,从而提高器件的效率。The embodiments of the present application provide an integrated circuit, a power amplifying circuit and an electronic device, which can reduce the resistivity on the path from the active region of the channel layer to the electrodes, thereby improving the efficiency of the device.
为达到上述目的,本申请的实施例提供如下技术方案:In order to achieve the above object, the embodiments of the present application provide the following technical solutions:
第一方面,提供了一种集成电路。该集成电路包括衬底,其中衬底上覆盖有晶体管;晶体管包含层叠设置于衬底上的沟道层、势垒层、以及设置在势垒层上的源极、漏极以及栅极;晶体管上还包括第一重掺杂区域和/或第二重掺杂区域;其中,第一重掺杂区域贯穿势垒层以及沟道层,第一重掺杂区域与源极接触;第二重掺杂区域贯穿势垒层以及沟道层,第二重掺杂区域与漏极接触;第一重掺杂区域以及第二重掺杂区域内设置有提供载流子的掺杂物。需要说明的是,考虑衬底的材料,第一重掺杂区域与衬底可以接触或不接触,并且第二重掺杂区域与衬底可以接触或不接触,例如:在衬底采用导电材料时,为了避免衬底直接将第一重掺杂区域与第二重掺杂区域短路,则第一重掺杂区域与衬底可以不接触,并且第二重掺杂区域与衬底可以不接触;当然,在衬底采用绝缘材料时,第一重掺杂区域与衬底可以接触或不接触,并且第二重掺杂区域与衬底可以接触或不接触。由于第一重掺杂区域以及第二重掺杂区域内设置有提供载流子的掺杂物,并且第一重掺杂区域与源极接触以及第二重掺杂区域与漏极接触,则在栅极施加电压以在沟道层的有源区中产生二维电子气时,该二维电子气可以通过第一重掺杂区域在沟道层的有源区与源极之间传输,并且二维电子气可以通过第二重 掺杂区域在沟道层的有源区与漏极之间传输,由于掺杂物能够提供载流子,因此降低了二维电子气在上述的电流传输的路径上的电阻,即通过掺杂物提供的载流子能够降低沟道层中的有源区到源极和漏极之间的通路上的电阻率,从而提高器件的效率。In a first aspect, an integrated circuit is provided. The integrated circuit includes a substrate, wherein the substrate is covered with a transistor; the transistor includes a channel layer stacked on the substrate, a barrier layer, and a source, a drain, and a gate arranged on the barrier layer; the transistor It also includes a first heavily doped region and/or a second heavily doped region; wherein, the first heavily doped region penetrates through the barrier layer and the channel layer, and the first heavily doped region is in contact with the source; the second heavily doped region The doped region runs through the barrier layer and the channel layer, and the second heavily doped region is in contact with the drain; dopants providing carriers are arranged in the first heavily doped region and the second heavily doped region. It should be noted that, considering the material of the substrate, the first heavily doped region may or may not be in contact with the substrate, and the second heavily doped region may or may not be in contact with the substrate. , in order to prevent the substrate from directly short-circuiting the first heavily doped region and the second heavily doped region, the first heavily doped region may not be in contact with the substrate, and the second heavily doped region may not be in contact with the substrate. Of course, when the substrate is made of an insulating material, the first heavily doped region may or may not be in contact with the substrate, and the second heavily doped region may or may not be in contact with the substrate. Since the first heavily doped region and the second heavily doped region are provided with dopants providing carriers, and the first heavily doped region is in contact with the source and the second heavily doped region is in contact with the drain, then When a voltage is applied to the gate to generate a two-dimensional electron gas in the active region of the channel layer, the two-dimensional electron gas can be transported between the active region of the channel layer and the source through the first heavily doped region, And the two-dimensional electron gas can be transported between the active region and the drain of the channel layer through the second heavily doped region, because the dopant can provide carriers, thus reducing the current transmission of the two-dimensional electron gas in the above-mentioned The resistance on the path, that is, the carriers provided by the dopant can reduce the resistivity on the path from the active region in the channel layer to the source and drain, thereby improving the efficiency of the device.
在一种可能实现的方式中,晶体管至少包括高电子迁移率晶体管HEMT、金属-半导体场效应晶体管(metal-semiconductor field effect transistor,MESFET);晶体管为N型,此时掺杂物提供N型的载流子;或者,晶体管为P型,掺杂物提供P型的载流子。晶体管为N型,则沟道层的有源区中的载流子为N型(即电子型)载流子,或者晶体管为P型,则沟道层的有源区中的载流子为P型(即空穴型)载流子,因此为了避免沟道层的有源区中的载流子与掺杂物提供的载流子复合(电子型载流子与空穴型载流子复合),影响二维电子气的浓度,因此在本申请的实施例中掺杂物提供的载流子类型与沟道层的有源区中载流子的类型相同,即晶体管为N型,掺杂物提供N型的载流子;或者,晶体管为P型,掺杂物提供P型的载流子。In a possible implementation manner, the transistor at least includes a high electron mobility transistor HEMT, a metal-semiconductor field effect transistor (metal-semiconductor field effect transistor, MESFET); the transistor is N-type, and the dopant provides an N-type carriers; alternatively, the transistor is P-type, and the dopant provides P-type carriers. If the transistor is N-type, then the carriers in the active region of the channel layer are N-type (ie electronic) carriers, or if the transistor is P-type, then the carriers in the active region of the channel layer are P-type (that is, hole-type) carriers, so in order to avoid the recombination of carriers in the active region of the channel layer and the carriers provided by the dopant (electron-type carriers and hole-type carriers Recombination) affects the concentration of the two-dimensional electron gas, so in the embodiments of the present application, the type of carriers provided by the dopant is the same as the type of carriers in the active region of the channel layer, that is, the transistor is N-type, The dopant provides N-type carriers; or, the transistor is P-type, and the dopant provides P-type carriers.
在一种可能实现的方式中,本申请的实施例中对掺杂物的种类不做限制,例如:上述掺杂物可以包括一种或多种杂质元素。In a possible implementation manner, there is no limitation on the type of dopant in the embodiment of the present application, for example, the above dopant may include one or more impurity elements.
在一种可能实现的方式中,提供N型的载流子的掺杂物至少包括硅Si、锗Ge或锡Sn中的一种或多种杂质元素;提供P型的载流子的掺杂物至少包括铍Be或碳C中的一种或多种杂质元素。In a possible implementation manner, the dopant that provides N-type carriers includes at least one or more impurity elements in silicon Si, germanium Ge, or tin Sn; the dopant that provides P-type carriers The material includes at least one or more impurity elements in beryllium Be or carbon C.
在一种可能实现的方式中,由于掺杂物达到一定浓度,才能提供真正实现降低电阻率的要求的载流子,因此,第一重掺杂区域以及第二重掺杂区域的掺杂物的浓度大于等于预定浓度。In a possible implementation manner, the dopant in the first heavily doped region and the second heavily doped region can only provide carriers that can truly achieve the requirement of reducing the resistivity when the dopant reaches a certain concentration. The concentration is greater than or equal to the predetermined concentration.
在一种可能实现的方式中,第一重掺杂区域以及第二重掺杂区域的掺杂物的预定浓度为1e18原子/立方厘米。In a possible implementation manner, the predetermined concentration of the dopant in the first heavily doped region and the second heavily doped region is 1e18 atoms/cubic centimeter.
在一种可能实现的方式中,源极与势垒层之间设置有第一冒层,漏极与势垒层之间设置有第二冒层;第一重掺杂区域贯穿第一冒层;第二重掺杂区域贯穿第二冒层。该种可能实现的方式中,第一冒层的存在是为了使势垒层与源极之间形成良好的欧姆接触,第二冒层的存在是为了使势垒层与漏极之间形成良好的欧姆接触。当然,由于第一冒层也是位于沟道层的有源区与源极之间的通路上,并且第二冒层也是位于沟道层的有源区与漏极之间的通路上,因此通过第一重掺杂区域贯穿第一冒层,第二重掺杂区域贯穿第二冒层,也可以降低沟道层中的有源区到源极和漏极之间的通路上的电阻率。In a possible implementation manner, a first risk layer is arranged between the source and the barrier layer, and a second risk layer is arranged between the drain and the barrier layer; the first heavily doped region runs through the first risk layer ; The second heavily doped region runs through the second risky layer. In this possible implementation, the existence of the first risk layer is to form a good ohmic contact between the barrier layer and the source, and the existence of the second risk layer is to form a good contact between the barrier layer and the drain. ohmic contact. Of course, since the first sinking layer is also located on the path between the active region and the source of the channel layer, and the second sinking layer is also positioned on the path between the active region and the drain of the channel layer, so by The first heavily doped region runs through the first risk layer, and the second heavily doped region runs through the second risk layer, which can also reduce the resistivity of the path between the active region in the channel layer and the source electrode and the drain electrode.
在一种可能实现的方式中,沟道层与势垒层之间还设置有至少一层缓冲层;第一重掺杂区域贯穿至少一层缓冲层;第二重掺杂区域贯穿至少一层缓冲层。该种可能实现的方式中,至少一层缓冲层的存在是为了进一步提高器件的性能(例如提升二维电子气的浓度、降低漏电流或者提高器件响应速度等),同时由于至少一层缓冲层也是位于沟道层的有源区与源极和漏极之间的通路上,因此通过第一重掺杂区域贯穿至少一层缓冲层,第二重掺杂区域贯穿至少一层缓冲层,也可以降低沟道层中的有源区到源极和漏极之间的通路上的电阻率。In a possible implementation manner, at least one buffer layer is further provided between the channel layer and the barrier layer; the first heavily doped region penetrates at least one buffer layer; the second heavily doped region penetrates at least one layer The buffer layer. In this kind of possible implementation, the existence of at least one buffer layer is to further improve the performance of the device (such as increasing the concentration of two-dimensional electron gas, reducing the leakage current or improving the response speed of the device, etc.), and at the same time due to the at least one buffer layer It is also located on the channel between the active region of the channel layer and the source electrode and the drain electrode, so the first heavily doped region penetrates at least one buffer layer, and the second heavily doped region penetrates at least one buffer layer, also The resistivity on the path from the active region to the source and drain in the channel layer can be reduced.
在一种可能实现的方式中,至少一层缓冲层中任意相邻的两层缓冲层之间还设置有掺杂层;第一重掺杂区域贯穿掺杂层;第二重掺杂区域贯穿掺杂层。该种可能实现 的方式中,至少一层缓冲层中任意相邻的两层缓冲层之间的掺杂层的存在是为了进一步提高器件的性能(例如提升二维电子气的浓度、降低漏电流或者提高器件响应速度等),同时由于掺杂层也是位于沟道层的有源区与源极和漏极之间的通路上,因此通过第一重掺杂区域贯穿掺杂层,第二重掺杂区域贯穿掺杂层,也可以降低沟道层中的有源区到源极和漏极之间的通路上的电阻率。In a possible implementation manner, at least one buffer layer is further provided with a doped layer between any two adjacent buffer layers; the first heavily doped region penetrates the doped layer; the second heavily doped region penetrates doped layer. In this possible implementation mode, the existence of the doped layer between any adjacent two buffer layers in at least one buffer layer is to further improve the performance of the device (such as increasing the concentration of two-dimensional electron gas, reducing the leakage current Or improve the response speed of the device, etc.), and because the doped layer is also located on the path between the active region of the channel layer and the source and drain, the doped layer is penetrated through the first heavily doped region, and the second heavily doped region The doped region runs through the doped layer and can also reduce the resistivity on the path from the active region in the channel layer to the source and drain.
在一种可能实现的方式中,本申请的实施例还提供了衬底具体采用的材料。例如:集成电路中的晶体管的衬底材料可以包括以下任一:砷化镓GaAs、磷化铟InP、氮化镓GaN。In a possible implementation manner, the embodiment of the present application further provides a specific material used for the substrate. For example, the substrate material of a transistor in an integrated circuit may include any of the following: gallium arsenide GaAs, indium phosphide InP, and gallium nitride GaN.
第二方面,提供了一种集成电路的制造方法。具体包括如下步骤:第一步:在衬底上依次制作层叠设置的沟道层、势垒层;第二步:制作覆盖势垒层的光刻胶;第三步:对光刻胶进行光刻,在源极的区域形成源极开窗,在漏极的区域形成漏极开窗;然后:通过源极开窗和漏极开窗注入提供载流子的掺杂物,形成第一重掺杂区域和第二重掺杂区域;其中,第一重掺杂区域贯穿势垒层以及沟道层,第二重掺杂区域贯穿势垒层以及沟道层;最后:在势垒层上制作源极、漏极和栅极,其中第一重掺杂区域与源极接触、第二重掺杂区域与漏极接触。In a second aspect, a method for manufacturing an integrated circuit is provided. It specifically includes the following steps: the first step: sequentially fabricating channel layers and barrier layers stacked on the substrate; the second step: fabricating a photoresist covering the barrier layer; the third step: photoresisting the photoresist At the same time, a source opening is formed in the source area, and a drain opening is formed in the drain area; then: the dopant that provides carriers is injected through the source opening and the drain opening to form the first layer A doped region and a second heavily doped region; wherein, the first heavily doped region runs through the barrier layer and the channel layer, and the second heavily doped region runs through the barrier layer and the channel layer; finally: on the barrier layer A source, a drain and a gate are fabricated, wherein a first heavily doped region is in contact with the source and a second heavily doped region is in contact with the drain.
在一种可能实现的方式中,在上述第二步之前,还包括:在势垒层上制作第一冒层和第二冒层;则第二步具体包括:制作覆盖第一冒层和第二冒层的光刻胶;第三步具体包括:对光刻胶进行光刻,在第一冒层上源极的区域形成源极开窗,在第二冒层上漏极的区域形成漏极开窗;其中,第一重掺杂区域贯穿第一冒层;第二重掺杂区域贯穿第二冒层。In a possible implementation manner, before the second step above, it also includes: making a first risk layer and a second risk layer on the barrier layer; then the second step specifically includes: making a layer covering the first risk layer and the second The photoresist of the second risk layer; the third step specifically includes: performing photolithography on the photoresist, forming a source opening in the region of the source on the first risk layer, and forming a drain in the region of the drain on the second risk layer Extremely open window; wherein, the first heavily doped region runs through the first risk layer; the second heavily doped region runs through the second risk layer.
在一种可能实现的方式中,第一步具体包括,在衬底上依次制作层叠设置的沟道层、至少一层缓冲层以及势垒层;其中,第一重掺杂区域贯穿至少一层缓冲层;第二重掺杂区域贯穿至少一层缓冲层。In a possible implementation manner, the first step specifically includes, sequentially manufacturing a stacked channel layer, at least one buffer layer, and a barrier layer on the substrate; wherein, the first heavily doped region runs through at least one layer buffer layer; the second heavily doped region runs through at least one buffer layer.
在一种可能实现的方式中,在至少一层缓冲层中任意相邻的两层缓冲层之间还制作有掺杂层;第一重掺杂区域贯穿掺杂层;第二重掺杂区域贯穿掺杂层。In a possible implementation manner, a doped layer is formed between any two adjacent buffer layers in at least one buffer layer; the first heavily doped region runs through the doped layer; the second heavily doped region through the doped layer.
在一种可能实现的方式中,通过源极开窗和漏极开窗注入提供载流子的掺杂物,形成第一重掺杂区域和第二重掺杂区域之后,还包括:进行退火工艺对掺杂物进行退火处理。In a possible implementation manner, after the first heavily doped region and the second heavily doped region are formed by injecting dopants that provide carriers by opening the source window and the drain window, it further includes: performing annealing The process anneals the dopant.
在一种可能实现的方式中,通过源极开窗和漏极开窗注入提供载流子的掺杂物,形成第一重掺杂区域和第二重掺杂区域之后,还包括:通过源极、漏极以及栅极的退火工艺对掺杂物进行退火处理。In a possible implementation manner, after the first heavily doped region and the second heavily doped region are formed by injecting the dopant that provides carriers through the source opening and the drain opening, further includes: through the source The dopant is annealed in the annealing process of the electrode, the drain and the gate.
在一种可能实现的方式中,晶体管至少包括HEMT、MESFET;晶体管为N型,掺杂物提供N型的载流子;或者,晶体管为P型,掺杂物提供P型的载流子。In a possible implementation manner, the transistor includes at least HEMT and MESFET; the transistor is N-type, and the dopant provides N-type carriers; or, the transistor is P-type, and the dopant provides P-type carriers.
在一种可能实现的方式中,掺杂物包括一种或多种杂质元素。In one possible implementation, the dopant includes one or more impurity elements.
在一种可能实现的方式中,提供N型的载流子的掺杂物至少包括硅Si、锗Ge或锡Sn中的一种或多种杂质元素;提供P型的载流子的掺杂物至少包括铍Be或碳C中的一种或多种杂质元素。In a possible implementation manner, the dopant that provides N-type carriers includes at least one or more impurity elements in silicon Si, germanium Ge, or tin Sn; the dopant that provides P-type carriers The material includes at least one or more impurity elements in beryllium Be or carbon C.
在一种可能实现的方式中,第一重掺杂区域以及第二重掺杂区域的掺杂物的浓度大于等于预定浓度。In a possible implementation manner, the concentration of dopants in the first heavily doped region and the second heavily doped region is greater than or equal to a predetermined concentration.
在一种可能实现的方式中,第一重掺杂区域以及第二重掺杂区域的掺杂物的预定浓度为1e18原子/立方厘米。In a possible implementation manner, the predetermined concentration of the dopant in the first heavily doped region and the second heavily doped region is 1e18 atoms/cubic centimeter.
其中,第二方面中任一种可能实现方式中所带来的技术效果可参见上述第一方面不同的实现方式所带来的技术效果,此处不再赘述。Wherein, the technical effects brought about by any possible implementation manner in the second aspect may refer to the technical effects brought about by the different implementation manners of the above-mentioned first aspect, which will not be repeated here.
第三方面,提供了一种集成电路。该集成电路包括衬底,其中衬底上覆盖有晶体管;晶体管包括层叠设置于衬底上的多个半导体材料层,该多个半导体材料层包括:次集电极层、集电极层、基区层、发射极层、发射极冒层,并且在次集电极层上还设置有位于集电极层两侧的第一集电极和第二集电极、在基区层上还设置有位于发射极层两侧的第一基极和第二基极,以及在发射极冒层上还设置有发射极;该晶体管还包括第一重掺杂区域;其中,第一重掺杂区域贯穿发射极冒层和发射极层,第一重掺杂区域与发射极接触,第一重掺杂区域与基区层不接触;并且第一重掺杂区域内设置有提供载流子的掺杂物。其中,由于在第一重掺杂区域内设置有提供载流子的掺杂物,通过掺杂物提供的载流子可以降低发射极与发射极冒层的欧姆接触电阻的电阻率,由于第一重掺杂区域贯穿发射极层,也可以降低发射极层的电阻率,因此可以降低发射极到基区层的有源区之间的通路上的电阻率,从而提高器件的效率。In a third aspect, an integrated circuit is provided. The integrated circuit includes a substrate, wherein the substrate is covered with a transistor; the transistor includes a plurality of semiconductor material layers stacked on the substrate, and the plurality of semiconductor material layers include: a sub-collector layer, a collector layer, a base layer , emitter layer, emitter capping layer, and on the sub-collector layer are also provided with a first collector and a second collector located on both sides of the collector layer, and on the base layer are also provided with a collector located on both sides of the emitter layer The first base and the second base on the side, and an emitter is also arranged on the emitter risk layer; the transistor also includes a first heavily doped region; wherein, the first heavily doped region runs through the emitter risk layer and In the emitter layer, the first heavily doped region is in contact with the emitter, and the first heavily doped region is not in contact with the base layer; and dopants providing carriers are arranged in the first heavily doped region. Wherein, since the dopant providing carriers is provided in the first heavily doped region, the carriers provided by the dopant can reduce the resistivity of the ohmic contact resistance between the emitter and the emitter capping layer, because the first A heavily doped region extending through the emitter layer also reduces the resistivity of the emitter layer, thereby reducing the resistivity on the path from the emitter to the active region of the base layer, thereby improving device efficiency.
在一种可能实现的方式中,上述集成电路中的晶体管还包括以下一个或多个重掺杂区域:第二重掺杂区域、第三重掺杂区域、第四重掺杂区域以及第五重掺杂区域;第二重掺杂区域贯穿基区层,第二重掺杂区域与第一基极接触,并且第二重掺杂区域与集电极层不接触;第三重掺杂区域贯穿基区层,第三重掺杂区域与第二基极接触,并且第三重掺杂区域与集电极层不接触;第四重掺杂区域贯穿次集电极层,第四重掺杂区域与第一集电极接触;第五重掺杂区域贯穿次集电极层,第五重掺杂区域与第二集电极接触;并且第二重掺杂区域、第三重掺杂区域、第四重掺杂区域以及第五重掺杂区域内设置有提供载流子的掺杂物。需要说明的是,考虑衬底的材料,第四重掺杂区域与衬底可以接触或不接触,并且第五重掺杂区域与衬底可以接触或不接触,例如:在衬底采用导电材料时,为了避免衬底直接与第四重掺杂区域或第五重掺杂区域导通,则第四重掺杂区域与衬底可以不接触,并且第五重掺杂区域与衬底可以不接触;当然,在衬底采用绝缘材料时,第四重掺杂区域与衬底可以接触或不接触,并且第五重掺杂区域与衬底可以接触或不接触。其中,第二重掺杂区域和第三重掺杂区域内设置有提供载流子的掺杂物,由于掺杂物提供的载流子可以降低基极(第一基极和第二基极)与基区层的欧姆接触电阻的电阻率;第四重掺杂区域以及第五重掺杂区域内设置有提供载流子的掺杂物,由于掺杂物提供的载流子可以降低集电极(第一集电极和第二集电极)与次集电极层的欧姆接触电阻的电阻率,因此降低基极和集电极与基区层的有源区之间的通路上的电阻率,从而提高器件的效率。In a possible implementation manner, the transistor in the above integrated circuit further includes one or more of the following heavily doped regions: a second heavily doped region, a third heavily doped region, a fourth heavily doped region, and a fifth heavily doped region. The heavily doped region; the second heavily doped region runs through the base layer, the second heavily doped region is in contact with the first base, and the second heavily doped region is not in contact with the collector layer; the third heavily doped region runs through The base layer, the third heavily doped region is in contact with the second base, and the third heavily doped region is not in contact with the collector layer; the fourth heavily doped region runs through the sub-collector layer, and the fourth heavily doped region is in contact with the second base The first collector contacts; the fifth heavily doped region runs through the sub-collector layer, the fifth heavily doped region is in contact with the second collector; and the second heavily doped region, the third heavily doped region, the fourth heavily doped region The impurity region and the fifth heavily doped region are provided with dopants providing carriers. It should be noted that, considering the material of the substrate, the fourth heavily doped region may or may not be in contact with the substrate, and the fifth heavily doped region may or may not be in contact with the substrate. , in order to avoid direct conduction between the substrate and the fourth heavily doped region or the fifth heavily doped region, the fourth heavily doped region may not be in contact with the substrate, and the fifth heavily doped region may not be in contact with the substrate. Contact; of course, when the substrate is made of an insulating material, the fourth heavily doped region may or may not be in contact with the substrate, and the fifth heavily doped region may or may not be in contact with the substrate. Wherein, the second heavily doped region and the third heavily doped region are provided with dopants providing carriers, because the carriers provided by the dopants can reduce the base (the first base and the second base ) and the resistivity of the ohmic contact resistance of the base layer; the fourth heavily doped region and the fifth heavily doped region are provided with dopants that provide carriers, because the carriers provided by the dopants can reduce the collection The resistivity of the ohmic contact resistance of the electrodes (first collector and second collector) to the sub-collector layer, thus reducing the resistivity on the path between the base and collector electrodes and the active region of the base layer, thereby improve device efficiency.
在一种可能实现的方式中,该晶体管至少包括异质结双极晶体管(heterojunction bipolar transistor,HBT),晶体管为NPN型,第一重掺杂区域的掺杂物提供N型的载流子;第二重掺杂区域和第三重掺杂区域的掺杂物提供P型的载流子;第四重掺杂区域和第五重掺杂区域的掺杂物提供N型的载流子。通常,NPN型晶体管的发射极与基区层的有源区之间的至少一层半导体材料层通常采用具有N型载流子的材料,因此为了避免本申请的实施例的掺杂物提供的载流子与至少一层半导体材料层中的载流子复 合,因此第一重掺杂区域的掺杂物也提供N型的载流子。同理,基极与基区层的有源区之间的通路上的至少一层半导体材料层中通常采用具有P型的载流子的材料,因此第二重掺杂区域和第三重掺杂区域的掺杂物提供P型的载流子;集电极与基区层的有源区之间的通路上的至少一层半导体材料层中通常采用具有N型的载流子的材料,因此第四重掺杂区域和第五重掺杂区域的掺杂物提供N型的载流子。类似的,晶体管为PNP型,第一重掺杂区域的掺杂物提供P型的载流子;第二重掺杂区域和第三重掺杂区域的掺杂物提供N型的载流子;第四重掺杂区域和第五重掺杂区域的掺杂物提供P型的载流子。In a possible implementation manner, the transistor includes at least a heterojunction bipolar transistor (heterojunction bipolar transistor, HBT), the transistor is of NPN type, and the dopant in the first heavily doped region provides N-type carriers; The dopant in the second heavily doped region and the third heavily doped region provides P-type carriers; the dopant in the fourth heavily doped region and the fifth heavily doped region provides N-type carriers. Generally, at least one semiconductor material layer between the emitter of the NPN transistor and the active region of the base layer usually uses a material with N-type carriers, so in order to avoid the The carriers recombine with the carriers in at least one semiconductor material layer, so the dopant in the first heavily doped region also provides N-type carriers. Similarly, materials with P-type carriers are usually used in at least one semiconductor material layer on the path between the base and the active region of the base layer, so the second heavily doped region and the third heavily doped region The dopant in the heterogeneous region provides P-type carriers; at least one semiconductor material layer on the path between the collector and the active region of the base layer usually uses a material with N-type carriers, so The dopants in the fourth heavily doped region and the fifth heavily doped region provide N-type carriers. Similarly, the transistor is of PNP type, and the dopant in the first heavily doped region provides P-type carriers; the dopant in the second heavily doped region and the third heavily doped region provides N-type carriers ; The dopants in the fourth heavily doped region and the fifth heavily doped region provide P-type carriers.
在一种可能实现的方式中,本申请的实施例中对掺杂物的种类不做限制,例如:上述掺杂物可以包括一种或多种杂质元素。In a possible implementation manner, there is no limitation on the type of dopant in the embodiment of the present application, for example, the above dopant may include one or more impurity elements.
在一种可能实现的方式中,提供N型的载流子的掺杂物至少包括硅Si、锗Ge或锡Sn中的一种或多种杂质元素;提供P型的载流子的掺杂物至少包括铍Be或碳C中的一种或多种杂质元素。In a possible implementation manner, the dopant that provides N-type carriers includes at least one or more impurity elements in silicon Si, germanium Ge, or tin Sn; the dopant that provides P-type carriers The material includes at least one or more impurity elements in beryllium Be or carbon C.
在一种可能实现的方式中,由于掺杂物达到一定浓度,才能提供真正实现降低电阻率的要求的载流子,因此,第一重掺杂区域、第二重掺杂区域、第三重掺杂区域、第四重掺杂区域以及第五重掺杂区域的掺杂物的浓度大于等于预定浓度。In a possible implementation mode, since the dopant reaches a certain concentration, it can provide the carriers that can really realize the requirement of reducing the resistivity. Therefore, the first heavily doped region, the second heavily doped region, and the third heavily doped region Concentrations of dopants in the doped region, the fourth heavily doped region and the fifth heavily doped region are greater than or equal to a predetermined concentration.
在一种可能实现的方式中,第一重掺杂区域、第二重掺杂区域、第三重掺杂区域、第四重掺杂区域以及第五重掺杂区域的掺杂物的预定浓度为1e18原子/立方厘米。In a possible implementation manner, the predetermined concentrations of dopants in the first heavily doped region, the second heavily doped region, the third heavily doped region, the fourth heavily doped region, and the fifth heavily doped region It is 1e18 atoms/cubic centimeter.
在一种可能实现的方式中,本申请的实施例还提供了衬底具体采用的材料。例如:集成电路中的晶体管的衬底材料可以包括以下任一:砷化镓GaAs、磷化铟InP、氮化镓GaN。In a possible implementation manner, the embodiment of the present application further provides a specific material used for the substrate. For example, the substrate material of a transistor in an integrated circuit may include any of the following: gallium arsenide GaAs, indium phosphide InP, and gallium nitride GaN.
第四方面,提供了一种集成电路的制作方法,具体包括如下步骤:在衬底上依次形成层叠设置的多个半导体材料层,多个半导体材料层包括:次集电极层、集电极层、基区层、发射极层、发射极冒层;通过蚀刻工艺在对基区层上方的发射极层和发射极冒层两侧的区域进行蚀刻,形成第一台阶面和第二台阶面;通过蚀刻工艺在次集电极层上方的集电极层和基区层两侧的区域进行蚀刻,形成第三台阶面和第四台阶面。制作覆盖多个半导体材料层的光刻胶,并在发射极冒层上的发射极区域进行光刻形成发射极开窗。通过发射极开窗注入提供载流子的掺杂物,形成第一重掺杂区域;其中,第一重掺杂区域贯穿发射极冒层和发射极层,第一重掺杂区域与基区层不接触。在发射极开窗中制作发射极,其中,第一重掺杂区域与发射极接触。制作覆盖多个半导体材料层的光刻胶,并在基区层上进行光刻形成第一基极开窗和第二基极开窗;在第一基极开窗中制作第一基极,在第二基极开窗中制作第二基极;制作覆盖多个半导体材料层的光刻胶,并在次集电极层上进行光刻形成第一集电极开窗和第二集电极开窗;在第一集电极开窗中制作第一集电极,在第二集电极开窗中制作第二集电极。In a fourth aspect, there is provided a method for manufacturing an integrated circuit, which specifically includes the following steps: sequentially forming a plurality of semiconductor material layers stacked on a substrate, the plurality of semiconductor material layers including: a sub-collector layer, a collector layer, The base layer, the emitter layer, and the emitter capping layer; the regions on both sides of the emitter layer above the base layer and the emitter capping layer are etched by an etching process to form a first stepped surface and a second stepped surface; through The etching process etches the collector layer above the sub-collector layer and the regions on both sides of the base layer to form a third stepped surface and a fourth stepped surface. Making a photoresist covering multiple semiconductor material layers, and performing photolithography on the emitter area on the emitter capping layer to form an emitter opening. The first heavily doped region is formed by implanting the dopant that provides carriers through the emitter window; wherein, the first heavily doped region runs through the emitter capping layer and the emitter layer, and the first heavily doped region is connected to the base region The layers do not touch. The emitter is fabricated in the emitter opening, wherein the first heavily doped region is in contact with the emitter. making a photoresist covering multiple semiconductor material layers, and performing photolithography on the base layer to form a first base opening and a second base opening; making a first base in the first base opening, Fabricate the second base in the second base opening; fabricate a photoresist covering multiple layers of semiconductor material and perform photolithography on the sub-collector layer to form the first collector opening and the second collector opening ; Make the first collector in the first collector opening and the second collector in the second collector opening.
在一种可能实现的方式中,在第一基极开窗中制作第一基极,在第二基极开窗中制作第二基极之前,还包括:通过第一基极开窗注入提供载流子的掺杂物,形成第二重掺杂区域,其中第二重掺杂区域贯穿基区层,第二重掺杂区域与集电极层不接触;通过第二基极开窗注入提供载流子的掺杂物,形成第三重掺杂区域,第三重掺杂区域贯穿基区层,第三重掺杂区域与集电极层不接触。其中,第二重掺杂区域与第一基极 接触,第三重掺杂区域与第二基极接触。在第一集电极开窗中制作第一集电极,在第二集电极开窗中制作第二集电极之前,还包括:通过第一集电极开窗注入提供载流子的掺杂物,形成第四重掺杂区域,其中,第四重掺杂区域贯穿次集电极层;通过第二集电极开窗注入提供载流子的掺杂物,形成第五重掺杂区域,其中,第五重掺杂区域贯穿次集电极层。第四重掺杂区域与第一集电极接触,第五重掺杂区域与第二集电极接触。需要说明的是,考虑衬底的材料,第四重掺杂区域与衬底可以接触或不接触,并且第五重掺杂区域与衬底可以接触或不接触,例如:在衬底采用导电材料时,为了避免衬底直接与第四重掺杂区域或第五重掺杂区域导通,则第四重掺杂区域与衬底可以不接触,并且第五重掺杂区域与衬底可以不接触;当然,在衬底采用绝缘材料时,第四重掺杂区域与衬底可以接触或不接触,并且第五重掺杂区域与衬底可以接触或不接触。In a possible implementation manner, the first base is formed in the first base opening, and before the second base is formed in the second base opening, it also includes: implanting through the first base opening to provide Carrier dopant to form a second heavily doped region, wherein the second heavily doped region runs through the base layer, and the second heavily doped region is not in contact with the collector layer; provided by the second base window implantation The carrier dopant forms a third heavily doped region, the third heavily doped region runs through the base layer, and the third heavily doped region is not in contact with the collector layer. Wherein, the second heavily doped region is in contact with the first base, and the third heavily doped region is in contact with the second base. Fabricate the first collector in the first collector opening, and before fabricating the second collector in the second collector opening, further include: injecting dopants that provide carriers through the first collector opening to form The fourth heavily doped region, wherein the fourth heavily doped region runs through the sub-collector layer; the dopant that provides carriers is injected through the second collector opening to form a fifth heavily doped region, wherein the fifth A heavily doped region extends through the sub-collector layer. The fourth heavily doped region is in contact with the first collector, and the fifth heavily doped region is in contact with the second collector. It should be noted that, considering the material of the substrate, the fourth heavily doped region may or may not be in contact with the substrate, and the fifth heavily doped region may or may not be in contact with the substrate. , in order to avoid direct conduction between the substrate and the fourth heavily doped region or the fifth heavily doped region, the fourth heavily doped region may not be in contact with the substrate, and the fifth heavily doped region may not be in contact with the substrate. Contact; of course, when the substrate is made of an insulating material, the fourth heavily doped region may or may not be in contact with the substrate, and the fifth heavily doped region may or may not be in contact with the substrate.
在一种可能实现的方式中,该晶体管至少包括HBT,晶体管为NPN型,第一重掺杂区域的掺杂物提供N型的载流子;第二重掺杂区域和第三重掺杂区域的掺杂物提供P型的载流子;第四重掺杂区域和第五重掺杂区域的掺杂物提供N型的载流子;晶体管为PNP型,第一重掺杂区域的掺杂物提供P型的载流子;第二重掺杂区域和第三重掺杂区域的掺杂物提供N型的载流子;第四重掺杂区域和第五重掺杂区域的掺杂物提供P型的载流子。In a possible implementation manner, the transistor includes at least HBT, the transistor is NPN type, and the dopant in the first heavily doped region provides N-type carriers; the second heavily doped region and the third heavily doped region The dopant in the region provides P-type carriers; the dopant in the fourth heavily doped region and the fifth heavily doped region provides N-type carriers; the transistor is PNP type, and the first heavily doped region The dopant provides P-type carriers; the dopant in the second heavily doped region and the third heavily doped region provides N-type carriers; the fourth heavily doped region and the fifth heavily doped region The dopant provides P-type carriers.
在一种可能实现的方式中,掺杂物包括一种或多种杂质元素。In one possible implementation, the dopant includes one or more impurity elements.
在一种可能实现的方式中,提供N型的载流子的掺杂物至少包括硅Si、锗Ge或锡Sn中的一种或多种杂质元素;提供P型的载流子的掺杂物至少包括铍Be或碳C中的一种或多种杂质元素。In a possible implementation manner, the dopant that provides N-type carriers includes at least one or more impurity elements in silicon Si, germanium Ge, or tin Sn; the dopant that provides P-type carriers The material includes at least one or more impurity elements in beryllium Be or carbon C.
在一种可能实现的方式中,第一重掺杂区域、第二重掺杂区域、第三重掺杂区域、第四重掺杂区域以及第五重掺杂区域的掺杂物的浓度大于等于预定浓度。In a possible implementation manner, the concentrations of dopants in the first heavily doped region, the second heavily doped region, the third heavily doped region, the fourth heavily doped region, and the fifth heavily doped region are greater than equal to the predetermined concentration.
在一种可能实现的方式中,第一重掺杂区域、第二重掺杂区域、第三重掺杂区域、第四重掺杂区域以及第五重掺杂区域的掺杂物的预定浓度为1e18原子/立方厘米。In a possible implementation manner, the predetermined concentrations of dopants in the first heavily doped region, the second heavily doped region, the third heavily doped region, the fourth heavily doped region, and the fifth heavily doped region It is 1e18 atoms/cubic centimeter.
在一种可能实现的方式中,衬底的材料包括以下任一:砷化镓GaAs、磷化铟InP、氮化镓GaN。In a possible implementation manner, the material of the substrate includes any of the following: gallium arsenide GaAs, indium phosphide InP, and gallium nitride GaN.
其中,第四方面中任一种可能实现方式中所带来的技术效果可参见上述第三方面不同的实现方式所带来的技术效果,此处不再赘述。Wherein, for the technical effects brought about by any possible implementation manner in the fourth aspect, refer to the technical effects brought about by the different implementation manners of the above third aspect, which will not be repeated here.
第五方面,提供了一种功率放大电路,包括封装结构以及如第一方面和/或第三方面所述的任一集成电路,其中集成电路封装于封装结构内部。A fifth aspect provides a power amplifying circuit, including a package structure and any integrated circuit as described in the first aspect and/or the third aspect, wherein the integrated circuit is packaged inside the package structure.
第六方面,提供了一种电子设备,包括功率放大器及天线,功率放大器用于将射频信号放大后输出至天线向外辐射,功率放大器包括如第五方面所述的功率放大电路。A sixth aspect provides an electronic device, including a power amplifier and an antenna. The power amplifier is used to amplify a radio frequency signal and output it to the antenna for external radiation. The power amplifier includes the power amplifying circuit as described in the fifth aspect.
在一种可能实现的方式中,电子设备包括基站或终端。In a possible implementation manner, the electronic device includes a base station or a terminal.
其中,第五方面和第六方面中任一种可能实现方式中所带来的技术效果可参见上述第一方面和/或第三方面任一项不同的实现方式所带来的技术效果,此处不再赘述。Wherein, the technical effects brought about by any one of the possible implementations of the fifth aspect and the sixth aspect can refer to the technical effects brought about by any of the different implementations of the first aspect and/or the third aspect above, here I won't repeat them here.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1为本申请的实施例提供的一种终端的结构示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图2为本申请的实施例提供的一种基站的结构示意图;FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a base station provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图3为本申请的实施例提供的一种功率放大电路的结构示意图;FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of a power amplifier circuit provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图4为本申请的实施例提供的一种集成电路的结构示意图;FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of an integrated circuit provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图5为本申请的另一实施例提供的一种集成电路的结构示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of an integrated circuit provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图6为本申请的又一实施例提供的一种集成电路的结构示意图;FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of an integrated circuit provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图7为本申请的再一实施例提供的一种集成电路的结构示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of an integrated circuit provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图8为本申请的实施例提供的一种集成电路的制造方法的流程示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of a method for manufacturing an integrated circuit provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图9为本申请的另一实施例提供的一种集成电路的制造方法中的集成电路的结构示意图一;FIG. 9 is a first structural schematic diagram of an integrated circuit in a method for manufacturing an integrated circuit provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图10为本申请的另一实施例提供的一种集成电路的制造方法中的集成电路的结构示意图二;FIG. 10 is a second structural schematic diagram of an integrated circuit in a method for manufacturing an integrated circuit provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图11为本申请的另一实施例提供的一种集成电路的制造方法中的集成电路的结构示意图三;FIG. 11 is a third structural schematic diagram of an integrated circuit in a method for manufacturing an integrated circuit provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图12为本申请的另一实施例提供的一种集成电路的制造方法中的集成电路的结构示意图四;FIG. 12 is a fourth structural schematic diagram of an integrated circuit in a method for manufacturing an integrated circuit provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图13为本申请的另一实施例提供的一种集成电路的制造方法中的集成电路的结构示意图五;FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of the fifth structure of an integrated circuit in a method for manufacturing an integrated circuit provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图14为本申请的另一实施例提供的一种集成电路的制造方法中的集成电路的结构示意图六;FIG. 14 is a sixth structural schematic diagram of an integrated circuit in a method for manufacturing an integrated circuit provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图15为本申请的另一实施例提供的一种集成电路的制造方法中的集成电路的结构示意图七;FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram VII of an integrated circuit in a manufacturing method of an integrated circuit provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图16为本申请的另一实施例提供的一种集成电路的制造方法中的集成电路的结构示意图八;FIG. 16 is a schematic eighth structural diagram of an integrated circuit in a method for manufacturing an integrated circuit provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图17为本申请的另一实施例提供的一种集成电路的制造方法中的集成电路的结构示意图九;FIG. 17 is a structural schematic diagram of an integrated circuit in a method for manufacturing an integrated circuit according to another embodiment of the present application;
图18为本申请的另一实施例提供的一种集成电路的制造方法中的集成电路的结构示意图十;FIG. 18 is a tenth structural schematic diagram of an integrated circuit in a method for manufacturing an integrated circuit provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图19为本申请的另一实施例提供的一种集成电路的制造方法中的集成电路的结构示意图十一;FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram eleventh of an integrated circuit in a method for manufacturing an integrated circuit provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图20为本申请的另一实施例提供的一种集成电路的制造方法中的集成电路的结构示意图十二;FIG. 20 is a schematic structural diagram twelve of an integrated circuit in a method for manufacturing an integrated circuit provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图21为本申请的另一实施例提供的一种集成电路的制造方法中的集成电路的结构示意图十三;FIG. 21 is a schematic structural diagram of an integrated circuit in a method for manufacturing an integrated circuit provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图22为本申请的另一实施例提供的一种集成电路的另一制造方法中的集成电路的结构示意图一;Fig. 22 is a first structural schematic diagram of an integrated circuit in another manufacturing method of an integrated circuit provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图23为本申请的另一实施例提供的一种集成电路的另一制造方法中的集成电路的结构示意图二;Fig. 23 is a second structural schematic diagram of an integrated circuit in another manufacturing method of an integrated circuit provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图24为本申请的另一实施例提供的一种集成电路的另一制造方法中的集成电路的结构示意图三;FIG. 24 is a third structural schematic diagram of an integrated circuit in another manufacturing method of an integrated circuit provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图25为本申请的另一实施例提供的一种集成电路的另一制造方法中的集成电路 的结构示意图四;Fig. 25 is a fourth structural schematic diagram of an integrated circuit in another manufacturing method of an integrated circuit provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图26为本申请的另一实施例提供的一种集成电路的另一制造方法中的集成电路的结构示意图五;Fig. 26 is a schematic diagram of the fifth structure of an integrated circuit in another manufacturing method of an integrated circuit provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图27为本申请的另一实施例提供的一种集成电路的另一制造方法中的集成电路的结构示意图六;FIG. 27 is a sixth structural schematic diagram of an integrated circuit in another manufacturing method of an integrated circuit provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图28为本申请的又一实施例提供的一种集成电路的制造方法中的集成电路的结构示意图一;Fig. 28 is a first structural schematic diagram of an integrated circuit in a method for manufacturing an integrated circuit provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图29为本申请的又一实施例提供的一种集成电路的制造方法中的集成电路的结构示意图二;FIG. 29 is a second structural schematic diagram of an integrated circuit in a method for manufacturing an integrated circuit provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图30为本申请的又一实施例提供的一种集成电路的制造方法中的集成电路的结构示意图三;FIG. 30 is a third structural schematic diagram of an integrated circuit in a method for manufacturing an integrated circuit provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图31为本申请的又一实施例提供的一种集成电路的制造方法中的集成电路的结构示意图四;Fig. 31 is a fourth structural schematic diagram of an integrated circuit in a method for manufacturing an integrated circuit provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图32为本申请的又一实施例提供的一种集成电路的制造方法中的集成电路的结构示意图五;FIG. 32 is a schematic diagram of the fifth structure of an integrated circuit in a method for manufacturing an integrated circuit provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图33为本申请的又一实施例提供的一种集成电路的制造方法中的集成电路的结构示意图六;FIG. 33 is a sixth structural schematic diagram of an integrated circuit in a method for manufacturing an integrated circuit provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图34为本申请的又一实施例提供的一种集成电路的制造方法中的集成电路的结构示意图七;Fig. 34 is a structural schematic diagram VII of an integrated circuit in a manufacturing method of an integrated circuit provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图35为本申请的又一实施例提供的一种集成电路的制造方法中的集成电路的结构示意图八;FIG. 35 is a schematic eighth structural diagram of an integrated circuit in a method for manufacturing an integrated circuit provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图36为本申请的又一实施例提供的一种集成电路的制造方法中的集成电路的结构示意图九;FIG. 36 is a structural schematic diagram of an integrated circuit in a method for manufacturing an integrated circuit provided in another embodiment of the present application;
图37为本申请的再一实施例提供的一种集成电路的制造方法中的集成电路的结构示意图一;FIG. 37 is a first structural schematic diagram of an integrated circuit in a method for manufacturing an integrated circuit provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图38为本申请的再一实施例提供的一种集成电路的制造方法中的集成电路的结构示意图二;FIG. 38 is a second structural schematic diagram of an integrated circuit in a method for manufacturing an integrated circuit provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图39为本申请的再一实施例提供的一种集成电路的制造方法中的集成电路的结构示意图三;FIG. 39 is a third structural schematic diagram of an integrated circuit in a method for manufacturing an integrated circuit provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图40为本申请的再一实施例提供的一种集成电路的制造方法中的集成电路的结构示意图四;FIG. 40 is a fourth structural schematic diagram of an integrated circuit in a method for manufacturing an integrated circuit provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图41为本申请的再一实施例提供的一种集成电路的制造方法中的集成电路的结构示意图五;Fig. 41 is a schematic diagram of the fifth structure of an integrated circuit in a method for manufacturing an integrated circuit provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图42为本申请的再一实施例提供的一种集成电路的制造方法中的集成电路的结构示意图六;FIG. 42 is a sixth structural schematic diagram of an integrated circuit in a method for manufacturing an integrated circuit provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图43为本申请的再一实施例提供的一种集成电路的制造方法中的集成电路的结构示意图七;Fig. 43 is a structural schematic diagram VII of an integrated circuit in a manufacturing method of an integrated circuit provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图44为本申请的再一实施例提供的一种集成电路的制造方法中的集成电路的结构示意图八;FIG. 44 is a schematic eighth structural diagram of an integrated circuit in a method for manufacturing an integrated circuit provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图45为本申请的再一实施例提供的一种集成电路的制造方法中的集成电路的结构示意图九;FIG. 45 is a structural schematic diagram of an integrated circuit in a method for manufacturing an integrated circuit provided in yet another embodiment of the present application;
图46为本申请的再一实施例提供的一种集成电路的制造方法中的集成电路的结构示意图十。FIG. 46 is a tenth structural schematic diagram of an integrated circuit in a method for manufacturing an integrated circuit provided by yet another embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图,对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行描述,显然,所描述的实施例仅仅是本申请一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。The following will describe the technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application with reference to the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present application. Obviously, the described embodiments are only some of the embodiments of the present application, not all of them.
以下对本申请的实施例中的技术术语说明如下:The technical term in the embodiment of the application is explained as follows below:
半导体:半导体是一种常温下导电性能介于导体与绝缘体之间的材料;其中,半导体包括本征半导体和杂质半导体。不含杂质和缺陷的纯净半导体,其内部电子和空穴浓度相等,称为本征半导体。掺入一定量杂质的半导体称为杂质半导体或非本征半导体。其中,杂质半导体中掺入的杂质能够提供一定浓度的载流子(如空穴或电子),其中掺杂提供电子杂质(如5价的磷元素)的杂质半导体也称作电子型半导体或N(negative,负)型半导体,掺杂提供空穴杂质(如3价的硼元素)的杂质半导体也称作空穴型半导体或P(positive,正)型半导体,掺杂能够改善本征半导体的导电性,通常载流子浓度越大,半导体的电阻率越低,导电性也越好。在本申请的实施例中,采用半导体(或者说采用半导体材料)制作的器件中的层结构称为半导体材料层。Semiconductor: A semiconductor is a material whose conductivity at room temperature is between that of a conductor and an insulator; among them, a semiconductor includes intrinsic semiconductors and impurity semiconductors. A pure semiconductor free of impurities and defects, whose internal electron and hole concentrations are equal, is called an intrinsic semiconductor. A semiconductor doped with a certain amount of impurities is called an impurity semiconductor or an extrinsic semiconductor. Among them, the impurity doped in the impurity semiconductor can provide a certain concentration of carriers (such as holes or electrons), and the impurity semiconductor that provides electron impurities (such as pentavalent phosphorus) is also called an electronic semiconductor or N (negative, negative) type semiconductors, doping impurity semiconductors that provide hole impurities (such as trivalent boron elements) are also called hole type semiconductors or P (positive, positive) type semiconductors, doping can improve the intrinsic semiconductor Conductivity, generally the higher the carrier concentration, the lower the resistivity of the semiconductor and the better the conductivity. In the embodiments of the present application, a layer structure in a device made of a semiconductor (or semiconductor material) is referred to as a semiconductor material layer.
除非另有定义,否则本文所用的所有科技术语都具有与本领域普通技术人员公知的含义相同的含义。在本申请中,“至少一个(层)”是指一个(层)或者多个(层),“多个(层)”是指两个(层)或两个(层)以上。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B的情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达,是指的这些项中的任意组合,包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如,a,b或c中的至少一项(个),可以表示:a,b,c,a和b,a和c,b和c或a、b和c,其中a、b和c可以是单个,也可以是多个。另外,在本申请的实施例中,“第一”、“第二”等字样并不对数量和次序进行限定。Unless otherwise defined, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meanings as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art. In this application, "at least one (layer)" means one (layer) or multiple (layers), and "multiple (layers)" means two (layers) or more than two (layers). "And/or" describes the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that there may be three types of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural. The character "/" generally indicates that the contextual objects are an "or" relationship. "At least one of the following" or similar expressions refer to any combination of these items, including any combination of single or plural items. For example, at least one (unit) of a, b or c can represent: a, b, c, a and b, a and c, b and c or a, b and c, wherein a, b and c can be It can be single or multiple. In addition, in the embodiments of the present application, words such as "first" and "second" do not limit the quantity and order.
此外,本申请中,“上”、“下”等方位术语是相对于附图中的部件示意置放的方位来定义的,应当理解到,这些方向性术语是相对的概念,它们用于相对于的描述和澄清,其可以根据附图中部件所放置的方位的变化而相应地发生变化。In addition, in this application, directional terms such as "upper" and "lower" are defined relative to the schematic placement of components in the drawings. It should be understood that these directional terms are relative concepts, and they are used for relative For descriptions and clarifications, it may vary accordingly according to changes in the orientation of parts placed in the drawings.
需要说明的是,本申请中,“示例性的”或者“例如”等词用于表示作例子、例证或说明。本申请中被描述为“示例性的”或者“例如”的任何实施例或设计方案不应被解释为比其他实施例或设计方案更优选或更具优势。确切而言,使用“示例性的”或者“例如”等词旨在以具体方式呈现相关概念。It should be noted that, in this application, words such as "exemplary" or "for example" are used as examples, illustrations or illustrations. Any embodiment or design described herein as "exemplary" or "for example" is not to be construed as preferred or advantageous over other embodiments or designs. Rather, the use of words such as "exemplary" or "such as" is intended to present related concepts in a concrete manner.
本申请的技术方案可以应用于电子设备,该电子设备为计算机、手机、平板电脑、可穿戴设备和车载设备等不同类型的终端;该电子设备还可以为基站等网络设备。电子设备也可以是用于上述电子设备中的功率放大器等装置。本申请实施例对上述电子设备的具体形式不做特殊限制。The technical solution of the present application can be applied to electronic devices, which are different types of terminals such as computers, mobile phones, tablet computers, wearable devices, and vehicle-mounted devices; the electronic devices can also be network devices such as base stations. The electronic device may also be a device such as a power amplifier used in the above-mentioned electronic device. The embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit the specific form of the foregoing electronic device.
图1示出了终端100的结构示意图。终端100可以包括处理器110,外部存储器 接口120,内部存储器121,通用串行总线(universal serial bus,USB)接口130,充电管理模块140,电源管理模块141,电池142,天线1,天线2,移动通信模块150,无线通信模块160,音频模块170,扬声器170A,受话器170B,麦克风170C,耳机接口170D,传感器模块180,摄像头190以及显示屏191等。FIG. 1 shows a schematic structural diagram of a terminal 100 . The terminal 100 may include a processor 110, an external memory interface 120, an internal memory 121, a universal serial bus (universal serial bus, USB) interface 130, a charging management module 140, a power management module 141, a battery 142, an antenna 1, an antenna 2, Mobile communication module 150, wireless communication module 160, audio module 170, speaker 170A, receiver 170B, microphone 170C, earphone jack 170D, sensor module 180, camera 190 and display screen 191, etc.
可以理解的是,本申请的实施例示意的结构并不构成对终端100的具体限定。在本申请另一些实施例中,终端100可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者拆分某些部件,或者不同的部件布置。图示的部件可以以硬件,软件或软件和硬件的组合实现。It can be understood that, the structure shown in the embodiment of the present application does not constitute a specific limitation on the terminal 100 . In other embodiments of the present application, the terminal 100 may include more or fewer components than shown in the figure, or combine certain components, or separate certain components, or arrange different components. The illustrated components can be realized in hardware, software or a combination of software and hardware.
处理器110可以包括一个或多个处理单元,例如:处理器110可以包括应用处理器(application processor,AP),调制解调处理器,图形处理器(graphics processing unit,GPU),图像信号处理器(image signal processor,ISP),控制器,视频编解码器,数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP),基带处理器,和/或神经网络处理器(neural-network processing unit,NPU)等。其中,不同的处理单元可以是独立的器件,也可以集成在一个或多个处理器中。The processor 110 may include one or more processing units, for example: the processor 110 may include an application processor (application processor, AP), a modem processor, a graphics processing unit (graphics processing unit, GPU), an image signal processor (image signal processor, ISP), controller, video codec, digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), baseband processor, and/or neural network processor (neural-network processing unit, NPU), etc. Wherein, different processing units may be independent devices, or may be integrated in one or more processors.
处理器110中还可以设置存储器,用于存储指令和数据。在一些实施例中,处理器110中的存储器为高速缓冲存储器。该存储器可以保存处理器110刚用过或循环使用的指令或数据。如果处理器110需要再次使用该指令或数据,可从该存储器中直接调用。避免了重复存取,减少了处理器110的等待时间,因而提高了系统的效率。A memory may also be provided in the processor 110 for storing instructions and data. In some embodiments, the memory in processor 110 is a cache memory. The memory may hold instructions or data that the processor 110 has just used or recycled. If the processor 110 needs to use the instruction or data again, it can be directly recalled from the memory. Repeated access is avoided, and the waiting time of the processor 110 is reduced, thereby improving the efficiency of the system.
在一些实施例中,处理器110可以包括一个或多个接口。接口可以包括集成电路(inter-integrated circuit,I2C)接口,集成电路内置音频(inter-integrated circuit sound,I2S)接口,脉冲编码调制(pulse code modulation,PCM)接口,通用异步收发传输器(universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter,UART)接口,移动产业处理器接口(mobile industry processor interface,MIPI),通用输入输出(general-purpose input/output,GPIO)接口,用户标识模块(subscriber identity module,SIM)接口,和/或通用串行总线(universal serial bus,USB)接口等。In some embodiments, processor 110 may include one or more interfaces. The interface may include an integrated circuit (inter-integrated circuit, I2C) interface, an integrated circuit built-in audio (inter-integrated circuit sound, I2S) interface, a pulse code modulation (pulse code modulation, PCM) interface, a universal asynchronous transmitter (universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter, UART) interface, mobile industry processor interface (mobile industry processor interface, MIPI), general-purpose input and output (general-purpose input/output, GPIO) interface, subscriber identity module (subscriber identity module, SIM) interface, and /or universal serial bus (universal serial bus, USB) interface, etc.
充电管理模块140用于从充电器接收充电输入。其中,充电器可以是无线充电器,也可以是有线充电器。在一些有线充电的实施例中,充电管理模块140可以通过USB接口130接收有线充电器的充电输入。在一些无线充电的实施例中,充电管理模块140可以通过终端100的无线充电线圈接收无线充电输入。充电管理模块140为电池142充电的同时,还可以通过电源管理模块141为终端供电。The charging management module 140 is configured to receive a charging input from a charger. Wherein, the charger may be a wireless charger or a wired charger. In some wired charging embodiments, the charging management module 140 can receive charging input from the wired charger through the USB interface 130 . In some wireless charging embodiments, the charging management module 140 may receive wireless charging input through the wireless charging coil of the terminal 100 . While the charging management module 140 is charging the battery 142 , it can also supply power to the terminal through the power management module 141 .
电源管理模块141用于连接电池142,充电管理模块140与处理器110。电源管理模块141接收电池142和/或充电管理模块140的输入,为处理器110,内部存储器121,显示屏191,摄像头190,和无线通信模块160等供电。电源管理模块141还可以用于监测电池容量,电池循环次数,电池健康状态(漏电,阻抗)等参数。在其他一些实施例中,电源管理模块141也可以设置于处理器110中。在另一些实施例中,电源管理模块141和充电管理模块140也可以设置于同一个器件中。The power management module 141 is used for connecting the battery 142 , the charging management module 140 and the processor 110 . The power management module 141 receives the input from the battery 142 and/or the charging management module 140 to provide power for the processor 110 , the internal memory 121 , the display screen 191 , the camera 190 , and the wireless communication module 160 . The power management module 141 can also be used to monitor parameters such as battery capacity, battery cycle times, and battery health status (leakage, impedance). In some other embodiments, the power management module 141 may also be disposed in the processor 110 . In some other embodiments, the power management module 141 and the charging management module 140 may also be set in the same device.
终端100的无线通信功能可以通过天线1,天线2,移动通信模块150,无线通信模块160,调制解调处理器以及基带处理器等实现。The wireless communication function of the terminal 100 can be realized by the antenna 1, the antenna 2, the mobile communication module 150, the wireless communication module 160, the modem processor and the baseband processor.
天线1和天线2用于发射和接收电磁波信号。终端100中的每个天线可用于覆盖 单个或多个通信频带。不同的天线还可以复用,以提高天线的利用率。例如:可以将天线1复用为无线局域网的分集天线。在另外一些实施例中,天线可以和调谐开关结合使用。Antenna 1 and Antenna 2 are used to transmit and receive electromagnetic wave signals. Each antenna in terminal 100 may be used to cover single or multiple communication frequency bands. Different antennas can also be multiplexed to improve the utilization of the antennas. For example: Antenna 1 can be multiplexed as a diversity antenna of a wireless local area network. In other embodiments, the antenna may be used in conjunction with a tuning switch.
移动通信模块150可以提供应用在终端100上的包括2G/3G/4G/5G等无线通信的解决方案。移动通信模块150可以包括一个或多个滤波器,开关,功率放大器,低噪声放大器(low noise amplifier,LNA)等。移动通信模块150可以由天线1接收电磁波,并对接收的电磁波进行滤波,放大等处理,传送至调制解调处理器进行解调。移动通信模块150还可以对经调制解调处理器调制后的信号放大,经天线1转为电磁波辐射出去。在一些实施例中,移动通信模块150的至少部分功能模块可以被设置于处理器110中。在一些实施例中,移动通信模块150的至少部分功能模块可以与处理器110的至少部分模块被设置在同一个器件中。The mobile communication module 150 can provide wireless communication solutions including 2G/3G/4G/5G applied on the terminal 100 . The mobile communication module 150 may include one or more filters, switches, power amplifiers, low noise amplifiers (low noise amplifier, LNA) and the like. The mobile communication module 150 can receive electromagnetic waves through the antenna 1, filter and amplify the received electromagnetic waves, and send them to the modem processor for demodulation. The mobile communication module 150 can also amplify the signals modulated by the modem processor, and convert them into electromagnetic waves through the antenna 1 for radiation. In some embodiments, at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 may be set in the processor 110 . In some embodiments, at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 and at least part of the modules of the processor 110 may be set in the same device.
调制解调处理器可以包括调制器和解调器。其中,调制器用于将待发送的低频基带信号调制成中高频信号。解调器用于将接收的电磁波信号解调为低频基带信号。随后解调器将解调得到的低频基带信号传送至基带处理器处理。低频基带信号经基带处理器处理后,被传递给应用处理器。应用处理器通过音频设备(不限于扬声器170A,受话器170B等)输出声音信号,或通过显示屏191显示图像或视频。在一些实施例中,调制解调处理器可以是独立的器件。在另一些实施例中,调制解调处理器可以独立于处理器110,与移动通信模块150或其他功能模块设置在同一个器件中。A modem processor may include a modulator and a demodulator. Wherein, the modulator is used for modulating the low-frequency baseband signal to be transmitted into a medium-high frequency signal. The demodulator is used to demodulate the received electromagnetic wave signal into a low frequency baseband signal. Then the demodulator sends the demodulated low-frequency baseband signal to the baseband processor for processing. The low-frequency baseband signal is passed to the application processor after being processed by the baseband processor. The application processor outputs sound signals through audio equipment (not limited to speaker 170A, receiver 170B, etc.), or displays images or videos through display screen 191 . In some embodiments, the modem processor may be a stand-alone device. In some other embodiments, the modem processor may be independent from the processor 110, and be set in the same device as the mobile communication module 150 or other functional modules.
无线通信模块160可以提供应用在终端100上的包括无线局域网(wireless local area networks,WLAN)(如无线保真(wireless fidelity,Wi-Fi)网络),蓝牙(bluetooth,BT),全球导航卫星系统(global navigation satellite system,GNSS),调频(frequency modulation,FM),近距离无线通信技术(near field communication,NFC),红外技术(infrared,IR)等无线通信的解决方案。无线通信模块160可以是集成一个或多个通信处理模块的一个或多个器件。无线通信模块160经由天线2接收电磁波,将电磁波信号调频以及滤波处理,将处理后的信号发送到处理器110。无线通信模块160还可以从处理器110接收待发送的信号,对其进行调频,放大,经天线2转为电磁波辐射出去。The wireless communication module 160 can provide wireless local area networks (wireless local area networks, WLAN) (such as wireless fidelity (Wireless Fidelity, Wi-Fi) network), bluetooth (bluetooth, BT), global navigation satellite system, etc. (global navigation satellite system, GNSS), frequency modulation (frequency modulation, FM), near field communication technology (near field communication, NFC), infrared technology (infrared, IR) and other wireless communication solutions. The wireless communication module 160 may be one or more devices integrating one or more communication processing modules. The wireless communication module 160 receives electromagnetic waves via the antenna 2 , frequency-modulates and filters the electromagnetic wave signals, and sends the processed signals to the processor 110 . The wireless communication module 160 can also receive the signal to be sent from the processor 110 , frequency-modulate it, amplify it, and convert it into electromagnetic waves through the antenna 2 for radiation.
在一些实施例中,终端100的天线1和移动通信模块150耦合,天线2和无线通信模块160耦合,使得终端100可以通过无线通信技术与网络以及其他设备通信。该无线通信技术可以包括全球移动通讯系统(global system for mobile communications,GSM),通用分组无线服务(general packet radio service,GPRS),码分多址接入(code division multiple access,CDMA),宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA),时分码分多址(time-division code division multiple access,TD-SCDMA),长期演进(long term evolution,LTE),BT,GNSS,WLAN,NFC,FM,和/或IR技术等。该GNSS可以包括全球卫星定位系统(global positioning system,GPS),全球导航卫星系统(global navigation satellite system,GLONASS),北斗卫星导航系统(beidou navigation satellite system,BDS),准天顶卫星系统(quasi-zenith satellite system,QZSS)和/或星基增强系统(satellite based augmentation systems,SBAS)。In some embodiments, the antenna 1 of the terminal 100 is coupled to the mobile communication module 150, and the antenna 2 is coupled to the wireless communication module 160, so that the terminal 100 can communicate with the network and other devices through wireless communication technology. The wireless communication technology may include global system for mobile communications (GSM), general packet radio service (GPRS), code division multiple access (CDMA), wideband code wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA), time-division code division multiple access (TD-SCDMA), long term evolution (LTE), BT, GNSS, WLAN, NFC, FM, and/or IR technology, etc. The GNSS can include global positioning system (global positioning system, GPS), global navigation satellite system (global navigation satellite system, GLONASS), Beidou satellite navigation system (beidou navigation satellite system, BDS), quasi-zenith satellite system (quasi- zenith satellite system (QZSS) and/or satellite based augmentation systems (SBAS).
终端100通过GPU,显示屏191,以及应用处理器等实现显示功能。GPU为图像处理的微处理器,连接显示屏191和应用处理器。GPU用于执行数学和几何计算,用于图形渲染。处理器110可包括一个或多个GPU,其执行程序指令以生成或改变显示信息。The terminal 100 realizes the display function through the GPU, the display screen 191 , and the application processor. The GPU is a microprocessor for image processing, and is connected to the display screen 191 and the application processor. GPUs are used to perform mathematical and geometric calculations for graphics rendering. Processor 110 may include one or more GPUs that execute program instructions to generate or change display information.
显示屏191用于显示图像,视频等。显示屏191包括显示面板。显示面板可以采用液晶显示屏(liquid crystal display,LCD),有机发光二极管(organic light-emitting diode,OLED),有源矩阵有机发光二极体或主动矩阵有机发光二极体(active-matrix organic light emitting diode,AMOLED),柔性发光二极管(flex light-emitting diode,FLED),Miniled,MicroLed,Micro-oLed,量子点发光二极管(quantum dot light emitting diodes,QLED)等。在一些实施例中,终端100可以包括1个或N个显示屏191,N为大于1的正整数。终端100可以通过ISP,摄像头190,视频编解码器,GPU,显示屏191以及应用处理器等实现拍摄功能。The display screen 191 is used to display images, videos and the like. The display screen 191 includes a display panel. The display panel can be a liquid crystal display (LCD), an organic light-emitting diode (OLED), an active matrix organic light emitting diode or an active matrix organic light emitting diode (active-matrix organic light emitting diode, AMOLED), flexible light-emitting diode (flex light-emitting diode, FLED), Miniled, MicroLed, Micro-oLed, quantum dot light emitting diodes (quantum dot light emitting diodes, QLED), etc. In some embodiments, the terminal 100 may include 1 or N display screens 191, where N is a positive integer greater than 1. The terminal 100 can realize the shooting function through the ISP, the camera 190 , the video codec, the GPU, the display screen 191 and the application processor.
ISP用于处理摄像头190反馈的数据。例如,拍照时,打开快门,光线通过镜头被传递到摄像头感光元件上,光信号转换为电信号,摄像头感光元件将电信号传递给ISP处理,转化为肉眼可见的图像。ISP还可以对图像的噪点,亮度,肤色进行算法优化。ISP还可以对拍摄场景的曝光,色温等参数优化。在一些实施例中,ISP可以设置在摄像头190中。The ISP is used for processing data fed back by the camera 190 . For example, when taking a picture, open the shutter, the light is transmitted to the photosensitive element of the camera through the lens, and the optical signal is converted into an electrical signal, and the photosensitive element of the camera transmits the electrical signal to the ISP for processing, and converts it into an image visible to the naked eye. ISP can also perform algorithm optimization on image noise, brightness, and skin color. ISP can also optimize the exposure, color temperature and other parameters of the shooting scene. In some embodiments, the ISP may be located in the camera 190 .
摄像头190用于捕获静态图像或视频。物体通过镜头生成光学图像投射到感光元件。感光元件可以是电荷耦合器件(charge coupled device,CCD)或互补金属氧化物半导体(complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor,CMOS)光电晶体管。感光元件把光信号转换成电信号,之后将电信号传递给ISP转换成数字图像信号。ISP将数字图像信号输出到DSP加工处理。DSP将数字图像信号转换成标准的RGB,YUV等格式的图像信号。在一些实施例中,终端100可以包括1个或N个摄像头190,N为大于1的正整数。Camera 190 is used to capture still images or video. The object generates an optical image through the lens and projects it to the photosensitive element. The photosensitive element may be a charge coupled device (CCD) or a complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistor. The photosensitive element converts the light signal into an electrical signal, and then transmits the electrical signal to the ISP to convert it into a digital image signal. The ISP outputs the digital image signal to the DSP for processing. DSP converts digital image signals into standard RGB, YUV and other image signals. In some embodiments, the terminal 100 may include 1 or N cameras 190, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
外部存储器接口120可以用于连接外部存储卡,例如Micro SD卡,实现扩展终端100的存储能力。外部存储卡通过外部存储器接口120与处理器110通信,实现数据存储功能。例如将音乐,视频等文件保存在外部存储卡中。The external memory interface 120 may be used to connect an external memory card, such as a Micro SD card, to expand the storage capacity of the terminal 100. The external memory card communicates with the processor 110 through the external memory interface 120 to implement a data storage function. Such as saving music, video and other files in the external memory card.
内部存储器121可以用于存储一个或多个计算机程序,该一个或多个计算机程序包括指令。处理器110可以通过运行存储在内部存储器121的上述指令,从而使得终端100执行各种功能应用和数据处理等。内部存储器121可以包括存储程序区和存储数据区。其中,存储程序区可存储操作系统;该存储程序区还可以存储一个或多个应用程序(比如图库、联系人等)等。存储数据区可存储终端100使用过程中所创建的数据(比如照片,联系人等)等。此外,内部存储器121可以包括高速随机存取存储器,还可以包括非易失性存储器,例如一个或多个磁盘存储器件,闪存器件,通用闪存存储器(universal flash storage,UFS)等。在另一些实施例中,处理器110通过运行存储在内部存储器121的指令,和/或存储在设置于处理器中的存储器的指令,来使得终端100执行各种功能应用和数据处理。The internal memory 121 may be used to store one or more computer programs including instructions. The processor 110 may execute the above-mentioned instructions stored in the internal memory 121, so that the terminal 100 executes various functional applications, data processing, and the like. The internal memory 121 may include an area for storing programs and an area for storing data. Wherein, the stored program area can store an operating system; the stored program area can also store one or more application programs (such as a gallery, contacts, etc.) and the like. The data storage area can store data created during the use of the terminal 100 (such as photos, contacts, etc.) and the like. In addition, the internal memory 121 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory, such as one or more disk storage devices, flash memory devices, universal flash storage (universal flash storage, UFS) and the like. In other embodiments, the processor 110 enables the terminal 100 to execute various functional applications and data processing by executing instructions stored in the internal memory 121 and/or instructions stored in a memory provided in the processor.
终端100可以通过音频模块170,扬声器170A,受话器170B,麦克风170C,耳机接口170D,以及应用处理器等实现音频功能。例如音乐播放,录音等。The terminal 100 may implement an audio function through an audio module 170 , a speaker 170A, a receiver 170B, a microphone 170C, an earphone interface 170D, and an application processor. Such as music playback, recording, etc.
音频模块170用于将数字音频信息转换成模拟音频信号输出,也用于将模拟音频输入转换为数字音频信号。音频模块170还可以用于对音频信号编码和解码。在一些实施例中,音频模块170可以设置于处理器110中,或将音频模块170的部分功能模块设置于处理器110中。The audio module 170 is used to convert digital audio information into analog audio signal output, and is also used to convert analog audio input into digital audio signal. The audio module 170 may also be used to encode and decode audio signals. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 may be set in the processor 110 , or some functional modules of the audio module 170 may be set in the processor 110 .
扬声器170A,也称“喇叭”,用于将音频电信号转换为声音信号。终端100可以通过扬声器170A收听音乐,或收听免提通话。 Speaker 170A, also referred to as a "horn", is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals. Terminal 100 can listen to music through speaker 170A, or listen to hands-free calls.
受话器170B,也称“听筒”,用于将音频电信号转换成声音信号。当终端100接听电话或语音信息时,可以通过将受话器170B靠近人耳接听语音。 Receiver 170B, also called "earpiece", is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals. When the terminal 100 answers a phone call or voice information, the receiver 170B can be placed close to the human ear to listen to the voice.
麦克风170C,也称“话筒”,“传声器”,用于将声音信号转换为电信号。当拨打电话或发送语音信息时,用户可以通过人嘴靠近麦克风170C发声,将声音信号输入到麦克风170C。终端100可以设置一个或多个麦克风170C。在另一些实施例中,终端100可以设置两个麦克风170C,除了采集声音信号,还可以实现降噪功能。在另一些实施例中,终端100还可以设置三个,四个或更多麦克风170C,实现采集声音信号,降噪,还可以识别声音来源,实现定向录音功能等。The microphone 170C, also called "microphone" or "microphone", is used to convert sound signals into electrical signals. When making a phone call or sending a voice message, the user can put his mouth close to the microphone 170C to make a sound, and input the sound signal to the microphone 170C. The terminal 100 may be provided with one or more microphones 170C. In some other embodiments, the terminal 100 may be provided with two microphones 170C, which may also implement a noise reduction function in addition to collecting sound signals. In some other embodiments, the terminal 100 can also be equipped with three, four or more microphones 170C to realize sound signal collection, noise reduction, identify sound sources, realize directional recording functions, and the like.
耳机接口170D用于连接有线耳机。耳机接口170D可以是USB接口130,也可以是3.5mm的开放移动电子设备平台(open mobile terminal platform,OMTP)标准接口,美国蜂窝电信工业协会(cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA,CTIA)标准接口。The earphone interface 170D is used for connecting wired earphones. The earphone interface 170D can be a USB interface 130, or a 3.5mm open mobile terminal platform (OMTP) standard interface, or a cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA (CTIA) standard interface.
传感器模块180可以包括压力传感器,陀螺仪传感器,气压传感器,磁传感器,加速度传感器,距离传感器,接近光传感器,指纹传感器,温度传感器,触摸传感器,环境光传感器,骨传导传感器等。The sensor module 180 may include a pressure sensor, a gyro sensor, an air pressure sensor, a magnetic sensor, an acceleration sensor, a distance sensor, a proximity light sensor, a fingerprint sensor, a temperature sensor, a touch sensor, an ambient light sensor, a bone conduction sensor, and the like.
在本申请的实施例中,触摸传感器,也称“触控器件”。触摸传感器可以设置于显示屏191,由触摸传感器与显示屏191组成触摸屏,也称“触控屏”。触摸传感器用于检测作用于其上或附近的触摸操作。触摸传感器可以将检测到的触摸操作传递给应用处理器,以确定触摸事件类型。可以通过显示屏提供与触摸操作相关的视觉输出。在另一些实施例中,也可以设置有多个触摸传感器形成的触控传感器阵列的触控面板以外挂形式设置于显示面板的表面。在另一些实施例中,触摸传感器也可以与显示屏191所处的位置不同。本申请的实施例中对触控传感器的形式不做限定,例如可以是电容、或压敏电阻等器件。In the embodiments of the present application, a touch sensor is also referred to as a "touch device". The touch sensor can be arranged on the display screen 191, and the touch sensor and the display screen 191 form a touch screen, also called “touch screen”. The touch sensor is used to detect a touch operation on or near it. The touch sensor can pass the detected touch operation to the application processor to determine the type of touch event. Visual output related to the touch operation may be provided through the display screen. In some other embodiments, a touch panel with a touch sensor array formed by a plurality of touch sensors may also be installed on the surface of the display panel in a hanging form. In some other embodiments, the location of the touch sensor and the display screen 191 may also be different. In the embodiment of the present application, the form of the touch sensor is not limited, for example, it may be a capacitor or a piezoresistor.
另外,上述终端100中还可以包括按键、马达、指示器以及用户标识模块(subscriber identification module,SIM)卡接口等一种或多种部件,本申请的实施例对此不做任何限制。本申请的实施例提供的电子设备以5G基站为例,5G基站可分为基带处理单元(base band unit,BBU)-有源天线单元(active antenna unit,AAU)、集中单元-分布单元(central unit-distribute unit,CU-DU)-AAU、BBU-射频拉远单元(remote radio unit,RRU)-天线(antenna)、CU-DU-RRU-Antenna、一体化5G基站(5G node base station,gNB)等不同的架构。以BBU-RRU架构的基站为例,参照图2所示,基站:包括BBU21、RRU22和天线23;其中BBU21与RRU22通过光纤连接,两者之间的接口是基于开放式通用公共射频接口(common public radio interface,CPRI)及开放式基站架构(open base station architecture initiative, OBSAI)。其中,BBU21将生成的基带信号通过RRU22处理后发送至天线23进行发射。RRU22包括数字中频模块221、收发信机模块222、功率放大器223(power amplifier,PA)以及滤波器224。其中,数字中频模块221用于光纤传输的基带信号的调制解调、数字上下变频、数字模拟转换(digital to analog converter,D/A)等形成中频信号;收发信机模块222完成中频信号到射频信号的变换;功率放大器223用于将小功率的射频信号进行功率放大;滤波器224用于对射频信号进行滤波,然后将射频信号通过天线23发射出去。In addition, the above-mentioned terminal 100 may further include one or more components such as keys, motors, indicators, and a subscriber identification module (subscriber identification module, SIM) card interface, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application. The electronic equipment provided in the embodiments of the present application takes a 5G base station as an example. The 5G base station can be divided into a base band unit (base band unit, BBU)-active antenna unit (active antenna unit, AAU), a centralized unit-distribution unit (central unit-distribute unit, CU-DU)-AAU, BBU-remote radio unit (RRU)-antenna, CU-DU-RRU-Antenna, integrated 5G base station (5G node base station, gNB ) and other different architectures. Taking the base station of the BBU-RRU architecture as an example, as shown in Figure 2, the base station: includes BBU21, RRU22 and antenna 23; wherein BBU21 and RRU22 are connected through optical fibers, and the interface between the two is based on an open general public radio frequency interface (common public radio interface (CPRI) and open base station architecture initiative (OBSAI). Wherein, the BBU21 sends the generated baseband signal to the antenna 23 for transmission after being processed by the RRU22. The RRU 22 includes a digital intermediate frequency module 221 , a transceiver module 222 , a power amplifier 223 (power amplifier, PA) and a filter 224 . Among them, the digital intermediate frequency module 221 is used for the modulation and demodulation of the baseband signal transmitted by optical fiber, digital up-down conversion, digital to analog converter (digital to analog converter, D/A), etc. to form an intermediate frequency signal; the transceiver module 222 completes the conversion of the intermediate frequency signal to the radio frequency Signal conversion; the power amplifier 223 is used to amplify the power of the low-power radio frequency signal; the filter 224 is used to filter the radio frequency signal, and then transmit the radio frequency signal through the antenna 23 .
当然本申请的实施例提供的功率放大电路可以应用于图1提供的终端100中移动通信模块150或无线通信模块160的功率放大器中,或者上述图2提供的基站中RRU22的功率放大器中。当然具体应用场景不限于上述图1示出的终端、图2示出的基站,可以理解的是,任意需要使用功率放大器中的功率放大电路对信号进行放大的上述电子设备均属于本申请的实施例的应用场景。Of course, the power amplification circuit provided by the embodiment of the present application can be applied to the power amplifier of the mobile communication module 150 or the wireless communication module 160 in the terminal 100 provided in FIG. 1 , or the power amplifier of the RRU 22 in the base station provided in FIG. 2 . Of course, the specific application scenarios are not limited to the terminal shown in FIG. 1 and the base station shown in FIG. 2. It can be understood that any of the above-mentioned electronic devices that need to use the power amplifier circuit in the power amplifier to amplify the signal belongs to the implementation of this application. Example application scenarios.
其中,本申请的实施例提供一种功率放大电路30,包括集成电路31以及封装结构32,其中集成电路31封装于封装结构32内部。如图3所示,提供了一种功率放大电路30的具体封装结构,其中集成电路31封装于功率放大电路30的封装结构32中,如图3所示,封装结构32具体包括:散热基板321,其中为了提高散热基板321的导电性以及散热性,散热基板321可以采用复合材料,例如铜Cu/钼Mo/铜Cu形成的叠层结构;集成电路31通过烧结银粘接在散热基板321上,其中如图3所示的集成电路,该集成电路的晶体管的部分电极(例如可以是源极)与散热基板321导通;此外,晶体管的部分电极(例如漏极和栅极)通过金线引线键合连接到管脚,管脚设置在绝缘层(例如可以是绝缘陶瓷)上,绝缘层通过绝缘粘接剂粘接于散热基板321上。此外,封装结构32包括封装管壳322,封装管壳322通过绝缘粘接剂与散热基板321粘接,并且管脚的一端从封装结构露出以连接其他电路,其中集成电路31设置于封装管壳322与散热基板321包围的空间中。Wherein, the embodiment of the present application provides a power amplifier circuit 30 including an integrated circuit 31 and a package structure 32 , wherein the integrated circuit 31 is packaged inside the package structure 32 . As shown in FIG. 3 , a specific package structure of a power amplifier circuit 30 is provided, wherein an integrated circuit 31 is packaged in a package structure 32 of the power amplifier circuit 30. As shown in FIG. 3 , the package structure 32 specifically includes: a heat dissipation substrate 321 , wherein in order to improve the conductivity and heat dissipation of the heat dissipation substrate 321, the heat dissipation substrate 321 can adopt a composite material, such as a stacked structure formed by copper Cu/molybdenum Mo/copper Cu; the integrated circuit 31 is bonded on the heat dissipation substrate 321 by sintering silver , wherein the integrated circuit as shown in Figure 3, part of the electrodes (such as the source) of the integrated circuit transistor and heat dissipation substrate 321 conduction; in addition, part of the electrodes (such as the drain and gate) of the transistor through the The wire bonding is connected to the pins, and the pins are disposed on an insulating layer (such as insulating ceramics), and the insulating layer is bonded to the heat dissipation substrate 321 by an insulating adhesive. In addition, the package structure 32 includes a package package 322, the package package 322 is bonded to the heat dissipation substrate 321 through an insulating adhesive, and one end of the pin is exposed from the package structure to connect to other circuits, wherein the integrated circuit 31 is arranged on the package package 322 and the space surrounded by the heat dissipation substrate 321.
目前,实际应用中的集成电路可以包括在衬底上制作的一个或多个晶体管。其中晶体管可以是典型的砷化镓(GaAs)衬底的HEMT。参照图4所示,一种典型的HEMT结构,包括层叠设置在衬底41上的成核层42、沟道层43,势垒层44(例如可以是肖特基势垒层);以及设置在势垒层44上的第一冒层45a、栅极46a、第二冒层45b,其中栅极46a设置于第一冒层45a和第二冒层45b之间,以及设置在第一冒层45a上的源极46b,设置在第二冒层45b上的漏极46c。在沟道层43中存在有源区,有源区是栅极46a下方正对的沟道层43中的区域,该晶体管工作原理是通过在栅极46a施加栅极电压控制沟道层43上方的势垒层44与沟道层43形成的异质结的势阱深度,以此可控制沟道层43的有源区上方产生的二维电子气的浓度(参照图4所示的沟道层43上示出的虚线),从而控制器件的工作电流。此外,为了进一步提高器件的性能(例如提升二维电子气的浓度、降低漏电流或者提高器件响应速度等),还可以在成核层42与沟道层43之间,以及沟道层43与势垒层44之间设置其他半导体材料层,例如:一层或多层缓冲层,并且还可以在多层缓冲层之间设置掺杂层。如图4所示,在成核层42与沟道层43之间自下而上设置有第一缓冲层47a、第一掺杂层48a以及第二缓冲层47b;在沟道层43与势垒层44之间自下而上设置有第三缓冲层47c、第二掺杂层 48b以及第四缓冲层47d。当然上述只是描述了一种典型的HEMT的层结构,在其他实施例中为了改善器件的性能,也可能包含更多的材料层或者更少的材料层。Currently, a practical integrated circuit may include one or more transistors fabricated on a substrate. The transistors may be typical HEMTs on a gallium arsenide (GaAs) substrate. With reference to shown in Figure 4, a kind of typical HEMT structure, comprises the nucleation layer 42 that is arranged on the substrate 41, channel layer 43, barrier layer 44 (for example can be Schottky barrier layer); The first risky layer 45a, the gate 46a, and the second risky layer 45b on the barrier layer 44, wherein the gate 46a is arranged between the first risky layer 45a and the second risky layer 45b, and is arranged on the first risky layer The source 46b on 45a, and the drain 46c on the second sink layer 45b. There is an active area in the channel layer 43, and the active area is the area in the channel layer 43 directly below the gate 46a. The potential well depth of the heterojunction formed by the barrier layer 44 and the channel layer 43 can control the concentration of the two-dimensional electron gas generated above the active region of the channel layer 43 (refer to the channel shown in FIG. 4 layer 43) to control the operating current of the device. In addition, in order to further improve the performance of the device (such as increasing the concentration of two-dimensional electron gas, reducing the leakage current or increasing the response speed of the device, etc.), it is also possible between the nucleation layer 42 and the channel layer 43, and between the channel layer 43 and the Other semiconductor material layers are arranged between the barrier layers 44 , for example, one or more buffer layers, and a doped layer may also be arranged between the buffer layers. As shown in FIG. 4, a first buffer layer 47a, a first doped layer 48a, and a second buffer layer 47b are arranged from bottom to top between the nucleation layer 42 and the channel layer 43; between the channel layer 43 and the potential A third buffer layer 47c, a second doped layer 48b and a fourth buffer layer 47d are disposed between the barrier layers 44 from bottom to top. Of course, the above only describes a typical HEMT layer structure, and in other embodiments, more material layers or fewer material layers may be included in order to improve device performance.
其中,衬底41包含不掺杂的砷化镓GaAs,超晶格层42包含不掺杂的砷化铝-砷化镓(AlAs-GaAs,例如可以是砷化铝与砷化镓交替堆叠形成的超晶格结构),第一缓冲层47a、第二缓冲层47b、第三缓冲层47c和第四缓冲层47d分别包含不掺杂的砷化铝镓AlGaAs,第一掺杂层48a和第二掺杂层48b分别包含硅Si,沟道层43包含铟镓砷InGaAs,其中沟道层43中的铟In的组分随不同产品的设计会有不同,势垒层44包含不掺杂的砷化铝镓AlGaAs,第一冒层45a和第二冒层45b分别包含掺杂N型杂质(电子型杂质)的砷化镓GaAs,通常在势垒层44和冒层45中间还可以设置有一层刻蚀停止层,刻蚀停止层包含砷化铝AlAs或者砷化铟InAs等材质。Wherein, the substrate 41 includes undoped gallium arsenide GaAs, and the superlattice layer 42 includes undoped aluminum arsenide-gallium arsenide (AlAs-GaAs, for example, aluminum arsenide and gallium arsenide can be alternately stacked. superlattice structure), the first buffer layer 47a, the second buffer layer 47b, the third buffer layer 47c and the fourth buffer layer 47d respectively contain undoped aluminum gallium arsenide AlGaAs, the first doped layer 48a and the second buffer layer The two doped layers 48b respectively contain silicon Si, the channel layer 43 contains indium gallium arsenide InGaAs, wherein the composition of indium In in the channel layer 43 will vary with the design of different products, and the barrier layer 44 contains undoped Aluminum gallium arsenide AlGaAs, the first capping layer 45a and the second capping layer 45b respectively contain gallium arsenide GaAs doped with N-type impurities (electronic impurity), usually a barrier layer 44 and the capping layer 45 can also be provided The etch stop layer is made of materials such as aluminum arsenide AlAs or indium arsenide InAs.
其中,成核层42的作用是将衬底41的晶格结构与沟道层43的晶格结构进行匹配,例如,可以先在衬底41上放置与衬底41的晶格结构差异较小的成核层42,然后再在成核层42上制作与成核层42的晶格结构差异较小的沟道层43,其中成核层42可以采用超晶格结构。超晶格结构的一个重复单元是由两种不同的半导体材料层构成,当两种半导体材料层的厚度和周期长度小于电子平均自由程时,在该超晶格结构中可以产生量子尺寸效应。此时,夹在该超晶格结构两个半导体材料层之间的阱就是量子阱。利用量子阱产生的能量势阱对电子的束缚作用,使电子在平行于成核层的界面的方向上运动,提升电子的横向迁移,从而避免或减少电子直接垂直进入与界面平行的衬底41的几率,从而降低衬底41的漏电。其中,势垒层44往往是不掺杂的,利用其与栅极46a(通常为金属材料)的功函数差,在栅极46a下方形成具有单向通流能力的势垒层44,在保障了栅极46a控制沟道层43的能力的同时还能有效降低栅极46a的漏电问题。在势垒层44表面上的冒层45(即上述的第一冒层45a、第二冒层45b)能够确保势垒层44与源极46b和漏极46c之间形成良好的欧姆接触。第一缓冲层47a、第二缓冲层47b、第三缓冲层47c、第四缓冲层47d与沟道层43的禁带宽度不同,可以使得势垒层44与沟道层43形成的异质结的势阱深度更深,从而保证第一掺杂层48a和第二掺杂层48b掺入的电子能提高二维电子气的浓度。同时,为了减少电子的散射带来的迁移率降低,第一缓冲层47a、第二缓冲层47b、第三缓冲层47c以及第四缓冲层47d一般采用不掺杂的结构。Among them, the function of the nucleation layer 42 is to match the lattice structure of the substrate 41 with the lattice structure of the channel layer 43, for example, a layer with a smaller difference from the lattice structure of the substrate 41 can be placed on the substrate 41 first. The nucleation layer 42 is formed on the nucleation layer 42, and then the channel layer 43 with a smaller lattice structure difference from the nucleation layer 42 is fabricated, wherein the nucleation layer 42 may adopt a superlattice structure. A repeating unit of a superlattice structure is composed of two different semiconductor material layers. When the thickness and period length of the two semiconductor material layers are smaller than the mean free path of electrons, quantum size effects can be generated in the superlattice structure. At this point, the wells sandwiched between the two semiconductor material layers of the superlattice structure are quantum wells. Using the binding effect of the energy potential well generated by the quantum well on the electrons, the electrons move in the direction parallel to the interface of the nucleation layer, and the lateral migration of the electrons is improved, thereby avoiding or reducing the direct vertical entry of electrons into the substrate parallel to the interface41 probability, thereby reducing the leakage of the substrate 41. Wherein, the barrier layer 44 is usually not doped, and the barrier layer 44 with unidirectional current flow capability is formed under the grid 46a by utilizing the work function difference between it and the gate 46a (usually a metal material). While improving the ability of the gate 46a to control the channel layer 43, it can also effectively reduce the leakage problem of the gate 46a. The risk layer 45 on the surface of the barrier layer 44 (namely the first risk layer 45a and the second risk layer 45b) can ensure good ohmic contact between the barrier layer 44 and the source electrode 46b and the drain electrode 46c. The first buffer layer 47a, the second buffer layer 47b, the third buffer layer 47c, and the fourth buffer layer 47d have different band gaps from the channel layer 43, which can make the heterojunction formed by the barrier layer 44 and the channel layer 43 The potential well depth is deeper, so as to ensure that the electrons doped in the first doped layer 48a and the second doped layer 48b can increase the concentration of the two-dimensional electron gas. Meanwhile, in order to reduce the decrease in mobility caused by electron scattering, the first buffer layer 47 a , the second buffer layer 47 b , the third buffer layer 47 c and the fourth buffer layer 47 d generally adopt an undoped structure.
由于在沟道层43的有源区到源极46b(或漏极46c)之间存在一个或多个半导体材料层,例如冒层45、势垒层44、第三缓冲层47c、第二掺杂层48b、第四缓冲层47d以及沟道层43中有源区以外的其他区域等等。上述这些半导体材料层能够在提升器件性能(例如提升二维电子气的浓度、降低漏电流或者提高器件响应速度等)上取得积极地效果,但是也会影响沟道层43的有源区到源极46b(或漏极46c)之间的通路上的电阻率,例如:源极46b(或漏极46c)与冒层45之间存在欧姆接触,并且在冒层45的掺杂浓度要求不同时,展现出不同的电阻率;此外,势垒层44、第三缓冲层47c、第二掺杂层48b、第四缓冲层47d以及沟道层43中有源区以外的其他区域的半导体材料层也由于掺杂或不掺杂或者掺杂浓度的不同而具有不同的电阻率,这些因素都有可能导致沟道层43的有源区到源极46b(或漏极46c)之间的通路上的电阻率升高,从而影响器件的效率。Since there are one or more semiconductor material layers between the active region of the channel layer 43 and the source 46b (or drain 46c), such as the capping layer 45, the barrier layer 44, the third buffer layer 47c, the second doped The impurity layer 48b, the fourth buffer layer 47d, and other regions in the channel layer 43 other than the active region, and the like. The above-mentioned semiconductor material layers can achieve positive effects on improving device performance (such as increasing the concentration of two-dimensional electron gas, reducing leakage current or improving device response speed, etc.), but they will also affect the channel layer 43 from the active region to the source. The resistivity on the path between pole 46b (or drain 46c), for example: there is ohmic contact between source 46b (or drain 46c) and take-off layer 45, and when the doping concentration requirement of take-off layer 45 is different , showing different resistivities; in addition, the barrier layer 44, the third buffer layer 47c, the second doped layer 48b, the fourth buffer layer 47d, and the semiconductor material layers in other regions than the active region in the channel layer 43 It also has different resistivities due to doping or non-doping or different doping concentrations, and these factors may lead to The resistivity increases, which affects the efficiency of the device.
为解决上述问题,本申请的实施例提供一种集成电路,参照图5所示(其中图5 是以HEMT晶体管为例进行说明),包括:衬底51,其中衬底51上覆盖有晶体管52;晶体管52包含层叠设置于衬底51上的沟道层521、势垒层5233以及设置在势垒层5233上的源极522b、漏极522c以及栅极522a,沟道层521中存在有源区,有源区为栅极522a正对沟道层521的区域。晶体管上还包括第一重掺杂区域527a和/或第二重掺杂区域527b,其中,第一重掺杂区域527a贯穿势垒层5233以及沟道层521,第一重掺杂区域527a与源极522b接触;其中,第二重掺杂区域527b贯穿势垒层5233以及沟道层521,第二重掺杂区域527b与漏极522c接触;第一重掺杂区域527a以及第二重掺杂区域527b内设置有提供载流子的掺杂物。需要说明的是,考虑衬底51的材料,第一重掺杂区域527a与衬底51可以接触或不接触,并且第二重掺杂区域527b与衬底51可以接触或不接触,例如:在衬底51采用导电材料时,为了避免衬底51直接将第一重掺杂区域527a与第二重掺杂区域527b短路,则第一重掺杂区域527a与衬底51可以不接触,并且第二重掺杂区域527b与衬底51可以不接触;当然,在衬底51采用绝缘材料时,第一重掺杂区域527a与衬底51可以接触或不接触,并且第二重掺杂区域527b与衬底51可以接触或不接触。由于第一重掺杂区域527a以及第二重掺杂区域527b内设置有提供载流子的掺杂物,并且第一重掺杂区域527a与源极522b接触以及第二重掺杂区域527b与漏极522c接触,则在栅极522a施加电压以在沟道层521的有源区中产生二维电子气时,该二维电子气可以通过第一重掺杂区域527a在沟道层521的有源区与源极522b之间传输,并且二维电子气可以通过第二重掺杂区域527b在沟道层521的有源区与漏极522c之间传输,由于掺杂物能够提供载流子,因此降低了二维电子气在上述的电流传输的路径上的电阻,即通过掺杂物提供的载流子能够降低沟道层521中的有源区到源极522b和漏极522c之间的通路上的电阻率,从而提高器件的效率。In order to solve the above problems, an embodiment of the present application provides an integrated circuit, as shown in FIG. 5 (wherein FIG. 5 is illustrated with a HEMT transistor as an example), including: a substrate 51, wherein the substrate 51 is covered with a transistor 52 The transistor 52 comprises a channel layer 521 stacked on the substrate 51, a barrier layer 5233, and a source 522b, a drain 522c, and a gate 522a arranged on the barrier layer 5233, and there is an active layer in the channel layer 521 The active region is the region where the gate 522 a faces the channel layer 521 . The transistor also includes a first heavily doped region 527a and/or a second heavily doped region 527b, wherein the first heavily doped region 527a penetrates through the barrier layer 5233 and the channel layer 521, and the first heavily doped region 527a and The source electrode 522b contacts; wherein, the second heavily doped region 527b penetrates through the barrier layer 5233 and the channel layer 521, and the second heavily doped region 527b contacts the drain electrode 522c; the first heavily doped region 527a and the second heavily doped region Dopants providing carriers are provided in the impurity region 527b. It should be noted that, considering the material of the substrate 51, the first heavily doped region 527a may or may not be in contact with the substrate 51, and the second heavily doped region 527b may or may not be in contact with the substrate 51, for example: When the substrate 51 is made of a conductive material, in order to prevent the substrate 51 from directly short-circuiting the first heavily doped region 527a and the second heavily doped region 527b, the first heavily doped region 527a may not be in contact with the substrate 51, and the second heavily doped region 527a may not be in contact with the substrate 51. The double doped region 527b may not be in contact with the substrate 51; of course, when the substrate 51 is made of an insulating material, the first heavily doped region 527a may or may not be in contact with the substrate 51, and the second heavily doped region 527b It may or may not be in contact with the substrate 51 . Since the first heavily doped region 527a and the second heavily doped region 527b are provided with dopants providing carriers, and the first heavily doped region 527a is in contact with the source 522b and the second heavily doped region 527b is in contact with the If the drain 522c is in contact, when a voltage is applied to the gate 522a to generate two-dimensional electron gas in the active region of the channel layer 521, the two-dimensional electron gas can pass through the first heavily doped region 527a in the channel layer 521 The active region and the source 522b are transported, and the two-dimensional electron gas can be transported between the active region of the channel layer 521 and the drain 522c through the second heavily doped region 527b, because the dopant can provide the current carrier Therefore, the resistance of the two-dimensional electron gas on the above-mentioned current transmission path is reduced, that is, the carriers provided by the dopant can reduce the distance between the active region in the channel layer 521 and the source electrode 522b and the drain electrode 522c. The resistivity on the path between them improves the efficiency of the device.
其次,晶体管至少包括HEMT、MESFET;晶体管为N型,此时掺杂物提供N型的载流子;或者,晶体管为P型,掺杂物提供P型的载流子。晶体管为N型,则沟道层521的有源区中的载流子为N型(即电子型)载流子,或者晶体管为P型,则沟道层521的有源区中的载流子为P型(即空穴型)载流子,因此为了避免沟道层521的有源区中的载流子与掺杂物提供的载流子复合(电子型载流子与空穴型载流子复合),影响二维电子气的浓度,因此在本申请的实施例中掺杂物提供的载流子类型与沟道层521有源区中载流子的类型相同,即晶体管为N型,掺杂物提供N型的载流子;或者,晶体管为P型,掺杂物提供P型的载流子。Secondly, the transistor includes at least HEMT and MESFET; the transistor is N-type, and the dopant provides N-type carriers; or, the transistor is P-type, and the dopant provides P-type carriers. If the transistor is N-type, then the carriers in the active region of the channel layer 521 are N-type (i.e. electron-type) carriers, or if the transistor is P-type, then the carriers in the active region of the channel layer 521 Carriers are P-type (that is, hole-type) carriers, so in order to prevent the carriers in the active region of the channel layer 521 from recombining with the carriers provided by the dopant (electron-type carriers and hole-type Carrier recombination) affects the concentration of two-dimensional electron gas, so in the embodiment of the present application, the carrier type provided by the dopant is the same as the carrier type in the channel layer 521 active region, that is, the transistor is N-type, the dopant provides N-type carriers; or, the transistor is P-type, and the dopant provides P-type carriers.
此外,本申请的实施例对掺杂物包含的杂质元素的类型不做限定,即掺杂物可以包括一种或多种杂质元素。例如:提供N型的载流子的掺杂物至少包括硅Si、锗Ge或锡Sn中的一种或多种杂质元素;提供P型的载流子的掺杂物至少包括铍Be或碳C中的一种或多种杂质元素。In addition, the embodiments of the present application do not limit the types of impurity elements included in the dopant, that is, the dopant may include one or more impurity elements. For example: the dopant that provides N-type carriers includes at least one or more impurity elements in silicon Si, germanium Ge or tin Sn; the dopant that provides P-type carriers includes at least beryllium Be or carbon One or more impurity elements in C.
参照图5所示,为了确保掺杂物到达一定浓度,能够提供降低沟道层521的有源区到电极522(例如源极522b、漏极522c)之间的通路上的电阻率的载流子,第一重掺杂区域527a以及第二重掺杂区域527b的掺杂物的浓度大于等于预定浓度,该预定浓度为1e18原子/立方厘米,例如可以是1e18~1e21原子/立方厘米。Referring to FIG. 5 , in order to ensure that the dopant reaches a certain concentration, a current carrying current that reduces the resistivity of the path between the active region of the channel layer 521 and the electrode 522 (such as the source 522b, the drain 522c) can be provided. In other words, the dopant concentration of the first heavily doped region 527a and the second heavily doped region 527b is greater than or equal to a predetermined concentration, and the predetermined concentration is 1e18 atoms/cm3, for example, 1e18˜1e21 atoms/cm3.
其中,如图5所示,源极522b与势垒层5233之间设置有第一冒层5234a,漏极 522c与势垒层5233之间设置有第二冒层5234b;第一重掺杂区域527a贯穿第一冒层5234a;第二重掺杂区域527b贯穿第二冒层5234b。该种可能实现的方式中,第一冒层5234a的存在是为了使势垒层5233与源极522b之间形成良好的欧姆接触,第二冒层5234b的存在是为了使势垒层5233与漏极522c之间形成良好的欧姆接触。当然,由于第一冒层5234a也是位于沟道层521的有源区与源极522b之间的通路上,并且第二冒层5234b也是位于沟道层521的有源区与漏极522c之间的通路上,因此通过第一重掺杂区域527a贯穿第一冒层5234a,第二重掺杂区域527b贯穿第二冒层5234b,也可以降低沟道层521中的有源区到源极522b和漏极522c之间的通路上的电阻率。Wherein, as shown in FIG. 5 , a first sinking layer 5234a is provided between the source 522b and the barrier layer 5233, and a second sinking layer 5234b is provided between the drain 522c and the barrier layer 5233; the first heavily doped region 527a runs through the first sinking layer 5234a; the second heavily doped region 527b runs through the second sinking layer 5234b. In this possible implementation, the existence of the first risk layer 5234a is to form a good ohmic contact between the barrier layer 5233 and the source 522b, and the existence of the second risk layer 5234b is to make the barrier layer 5233 and the drain A good ohmic contact is formed between poles 522c. Of course, since the first risk layer 5234a is also located on the path between the active region of the channel layer 521 and the source electrode 522b, and the second risk layer 5234b is also located between the active region of the channel layer 521 and the drain electrode 522c Therefore, the first heavily doped region 527a penetrates the first risk layer 5234a, and the second heavily doped region 527b penetrates the second risk layer 5234b, which can also reduce the active region in the channel layer 521 to the source electrode 522b and the resistivity on the path between the drain 522c.
其中,如图5所示,沟道层521与势垒层5233之间还设置有至少一层缓冲层5231(如图5所示的第三缓冲层5231a和第四缓冲层5231b);第一重掺杂区域527a贯穿至少一层缓冲层5231;第二重掺杂区域527b贯穿至少一层缓冲层5231。至少一层缓冲层5231的存在是为了进一步提高器件的性能(例如提升二维电子气的浓度、降低漏电流或者提高器件响应速度等),同时由于至少一层缓冲层5231也是位于沟道层521的有源区与源极522b和漏极522c之间的通路上,因此通过第一重掺杂区域527a贯穿至少一层缓冲层5231,第二重掺杂区域527b贯穿至少一层缓冲层5231,也可以降低沟道层521中的有源区到源极522b和漏极522c之间的通路上的电阻率。Wherein, as shown in FIG. 5 , at least one buffer layer 5231 (the third buffer layer 5231 a and the fourth buffer layer 5231 b shown in FIG. 5 ) is further arranged between the channel layer 521 and the barrier layer 5233; the first The heavily doped region 527a penetrates at least one buffer layer 5231 ; the second heavily doped region 527b penetrates at least one buffer layer 5231 . The existence of at least one buffer layer 5231 is to further improve the performance of the device (such as increasing the concentration of two-dimensional electron gas, reducing leakage current or improving device response speed, etc.), and at least one buffer layer 5231 is also located in the channel layer 521 On the path between the active region and the source electrode 522b and the drain electrode 522c, therefore, the first heavily doped region 527a penetrates at least one buffer layer 5231, and the second heavily doped region 527b penetrates at least one buffer layer 5231, It is also possible to reduce the resistivity on the path from the active region in the channel layer 521 to the source electrode 522b and the drain electrode 522c.
其中,如图5所示,至少一层缓冲层5231中任意相邻的两层缓冲层之间还设置有第二掺杂层5232(如图5所示的第三缓冲层5231a和第四缓冲层5231b之间设置有第二掺杂层5232);第一重掺杂区域527a贯穿第二掺杂层5232;第二重掺杂区域527b贯穿第二掺杂层5232。至少一层缓冲层5231中任意相邻的两层缓冲层之间的第二掺杂层5232的存在是为了进一步提高器件的性能(例如提升二维电子气的浓度、降低漏电流或者提高器件响应速度等),同时由于第二掺杂层5232也是位于沟道层521的有源区与源极522b和漏极522c之间的通路上,因此通过第一重掺杂区域527a贯穿第二掺杂层5232,第二重掺杂区域527b贯穿第二掺杂层5232,也可以降低沟道层521中的有源区到源极522b和漏极522c之间的通路上的电阻率。另外,该集成电路的衬底材料包括以下任一:砷化镓GaAs、磷化铟InP、氮化镓GaN,衬底材料可以根据具体的应用进行调整,本申请的实施例不再赘述。Wherein, as shown in FIG. 5, a second doped layer 5232 (the third buffer layer 5231a and the fourth buffer layer 5231a shown in FIG. A second doped layer 5232 is disposed between the layers 5231b); the first heavily doped region 527a penetrates the second doped layer 5232; the second heavily doped region 527b penetrates the second doped layer 5232. The existence of the second doped layer 5232 between any two adjacent buffer layers in at least one buffer layer 5231 is to further improve the performance of the device (such as increasing the concentration of two-dimensional electron gas, reducing leakage current or improving device response. speed, etc.), and because the second doped layer 5232 is also located on the path between the active region of the channel layer 521 and the source electrode 522b and the drain electrode 522c, it penetrates the second doped layer 5232 through the first heavily doped region 527a Layer 5232, the second heavily doped region 527b runs through the second doped layer 5232, and can also reduce the resistivity of the path from the active region in the channel layer 521 to the source 522b and the drain 522c. In addition, the substrate material of the integrated circuit includes any of the following: gallium arsenide GaAs, indium phosphide InP, and gallium nitride GaN, and the substrate material can be adjusted according to specific applications, so the embodiments of the present application will not repeat them.
此外,该晶体管可以是HEMT以及MESFET中的一种或多种。In addition, the transistor may be one or more of HEMT and MESFET.
参照图5所示,以该晶体管为HEMT为例,该晶体管中还可以包括设置在电极(源极522b或漏极522c)与沟道层521之间的至少一层半导体材料层523,例如至少一层半导体材料层523包括缓冲层5231,例如图5所示的第三缓冲层5231a和第四缓冲层5231b;至少一层半导体材料层523还包括设置在相邻两层缓冲层(第三缓冲层5231a和第四缓冲层5231b)之间的第二掺杂层5232;至少一层半导体材料层523还包括设置在电极(源极522b或漏极522c)与沟道层521之间的势垒层5233;至少一层半导体材料层523还包括设置在电极(源极522b或漏极522c)与沟道层521之间的冒层5234,例如源极522b与势垒层5233之间的第一冒层5234a、漏极522c与势垒层5233之间的第二冒层5234b。这些半导体材料层的位置关系如图5所示,第三缓冲层5231a覆盖在沟道层521上方,自第三缓冲层5231a向上依次还覆盖有第二掺杂层5232、第四缓冲层5231b、势垒层5233、以及覆盖在势垒层5233上的第一冒层5234a和第二冒 层5234b。上述的设置在电极(源极522b或漏极522c)与沟道层521之间的至少一层半导体材料层523不局限于图5示出的结构,为了改善器件性能或者提供其他结构的器件,在电极(源极522b或漏极522c)与沟道层521之间还可以有更多或更少的半导体材料层,也属于本申请的实施例的保护范围。Referring to FIG. 5, taking the transistor as an example of a HEMT, the transistor may further include at least one layer of semiconductor material layer 523 disposed between the electrode (source 522b or drain 522c) and the channel layer 521, for example at least One layer of semiconductor material layer 523 includes a buffer layer 5231, such as the third buffer layer 5231a and the fourth buffer layer 5231b shown in FIG. layer 5231a and the second doped layer 5232 between the fourth buffer layer 5231b); at least one layer of semiconductor material layer 523 also includes a potential barrier arranged between the electrode (source electrode 522b or drain electrode 522c) and the channel layer 521 Layer 5233; at least one layer of semiconductor material layer 523 also includes a risk layer 5234 disposed between the electrode (source electrode 522b or drain electrode 522c) and the channel layer 521, for example, the first layer between the source electrode 522b and the barrier layer 5233 The second risk layer 5234b between the risk layer 5234a, the drain electrode 522c and the barrier layer 5233. The positional relationship of these semiconductor material layers is shown in FIG. 5. The third buffer layer 5231a covers the channel layer 521, and the second doped layer 5232, the fourth buffer layer 5231b, The barrier layer 5233 , and the first capping layer 5234 a and the second capping layer 5234 b covering the barrier layer 5233 . The aforementioned at least one semiconductor material layer 523 disposed between the electrode (source 522b or drain 522c) and the channel layer 521 is not limited to the structure shown in FIG. 5 , in order to improve device performance or provide devices with other structures, There may be more or less semiconductor material layers between the electrode (the source electrode 522b or the drain electrode 522c ) and the channel layer 521 , which also belongs to the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application.
该晶体管52上还包括第一重掺杂区域527a和/或第二重掺杂区域527b,其中,第一重掺杂区域527a贯穿沟道层521、第三缓冲层5231a、第二掺杂层5232、第四缓冲层5231b、势垒层5233以及第一冒层5234a,第一重掺杂区域527a与源极522b接触;第二重掺杂区域527b贯穿所述沟道层521、第三缓冲层5231a、第二掺杂层5232、第四缓冲层5231b、势垒层5233以及第二冒层5234b,第二重掺杂区域527b与漏极522c接触;第一重掺杂区域527a以及第二重掺杂区域527b内设置有提供载流子的掺杂物。The transistor 52 also includes a first heavily doped region 527a and/or a second heavily doped region 527b, wherein the first heavily doped region 527a penetrates through the channel layer 521, the third buffer layer 5231a, the second doped layer 5232, the fourth buffer layer 5231b, the barrier layer 5233 and the first buffer layer 5234a, the first heavily doped region 527a is in contact with the source 522b; the second heavily doped region 527b runs through the channel layer 521, the third buffer layer layer 5231a, the second doped layer 5232, the fourth buffer layer 5231b, the barrier layer 5233 and the second risk layer 5234b, the second heavily doped region 527b is in contact with the drain 522c; the first heavily doped region 527a and the second Dopants providing carriers are disposed in the heavily doped region 527b.
其中,第一冒层5234a和第二冒层5234b、势垒层5233、第三缓冲层5231a和第四缓冲层5231b、第二掺杂层5232的材料和功能可以参考图4中的冒层45、势垒层44、第三缓冲层47c和第四缓冲层47d、第二掺杂层48b,此处不再赘述。此外,为了改善器件性能,如图5所示,在沟道层521和衬底51之间还可以设置有其他半导体材料层,其他半导体材料层在图5中的结构从下到上依次包括成核层524、第一缓冲层525a、第一掺杂层526以及第二缓冲层525b等半导体材料层,其功能和材料可以参考图4中的成核层42、第一缓冲层47a、第一掺杂层48a以及第二缓冲层47b,此处不再赘述。Wherein, the materials and functions of the first buffer layer 5234a and the second buffer layer 5234b, the barrier layer 5233, the third buffer layer 5231a, the fourth buffer layer 5231b, and the second doped layer 5232 can refer to the buffer layer 45 in FIG. , the barrier layer 44, the third buffer layer 47c, the fourth buffer layer 47d, and the second doped layer 48b, which will not be repeated here. In addition, in order to improve device performance, as shown in FIG. 5 , other semiconductor material layers may be provided between the channel layer 521 and the substrate 51. The structures of other semiconductor material layers in FIG. The core layer 524, the first buffer layer 525a, the first doped layer 526 and the second buffer layer 525b and other semiconductor material layers, their functions and materials can refer to the nucleation layer 42, the first buffer layer 47a, the first The doped layer 48a and the second buffer layer 47b will not be repeated here.
其中,该HEMT可以包括赝配高电子迁移率晶体管(pseudomorphic high electron mobility transistor,pHEMT);或者变晶性高电子迁移率电晶体(metamorphic high electron mobility transistor,mHEMT),在终端产品中具体选用包含哪种晶体管的集成电路由终端产品设计的性能决定,在此不做赘述。Wherein, the HEMT may include a pseudomorphic high electron mobility transistor (pseudomorphic high electron mobility transistor, pHEMT); or a metamorphic high electron mobility transistor (metamorphic high electron mobility transistor, mHEMT), which is specifically selected in the end product to include Which kind of transistor integrated circuit is determined by the performance of the end product design, so I won't go into details here.
该晶体管为MESFET,如图6所示,在衬底61上覆盖有晶体管62,该晶体管62包括层叠设置于衬底61上的沟道层621、势垒层622;并且势垒层622上从左到右覆盖有源极623a、绝缘层624、漏极623c;并且在绝缘层624上设置有栅极623b。晶体管62上还包括第一重掺杂区域63a和/或第二重掺杂区域63b,其中,第一重掺杂区域63a贯穿势垒层622以及沟道层621,第一重掺杂区域63a与源极623a接触;其中,第二重掺杂区域63b贯穿势垒层622以及沟道层621,第二重掺杂区域63b与漏极623c接触;第一重掺杂区域63a以及第二重掺杂区域63b内设置有提供载流子的掺杂物。This transistor is MESFET, as shown in Figure 6, is covered with transistor 62 on the substrate 61, and this transistor 62 comprises the channel layer 621 that is stacked on the substrate 61, barrier layer 622; The source electrode 623 a , the insulating layer 624 , and the drain electrode 623 c are covered from left to right; and a gate 623 b is disposed on the insulating layer 624 . The transistor 62 also includes a first heavily doped region 63a and/or a second heavily doped region 63b, wherein the first heavily doped region 63a penetrates through the barrier layer 622 and the channel layer 621, and the first heavily doped region 63a It is in contact with the source electrode 623a; wherein, the second heavily doped region 63b penetrates through the barrier layer 622 and the channel layer 621, and the second heavily doped region 63b is in contact with the drain electrode 623c; the first heavily doped region 63a and the second heavily doped region A dopant providing carriers is provided in the doped region 63b.
如图6所示,在MESFET中,衬底61包含硅Si(例如衬底61可以采用硅晶圆),沟道层621包含氮化镓GaN,势垒层622包含铝镓氮AlGaN,其中沟道层621中的氮化镓GaN与势垒层622中的铝镓氮AlGaN由于极化现象,在界面处形成二维电子气。其中在沟道层621的下面,往往会设置有缓冲层、成核层等半导体材料层,在本实施例中不予标出。为了改善器件性能或者提供其他结构的器件,在电极(源极623a或漏极623c)与沟道层621的有源区之间还可以有更多或更少的半导体材料层,在沟道层621与衬底61之间也可以有更多或更少的半导体材料层,均属于本申请的实施例的保护范围。As shown in FIG. 6, in MESFET, the substrate 61 includes silicon Si (for example, the substrate 61 can use a silicon wafer), the channel layer 621 includes gallium nitride GaN, and the barrier layer 622 includes aluminum gallium nitride AlGaN, wherein GaN in the channel layer 621 and AlGaN in the barrier layer 622 form a two-dimensional electron gas at the interface due to the polarization phenomenon. Wherein, under the channel layer 621, semiconductor material layers such as a buffer layer and a nucleation layer are often provided, which are not marked in this embodiment. In order to improve device performance or provide devices with other structures, there may also be more or less semiconductor material layers between the active region of the electrode (source 623a or drain 623c) and the channel layer 621, and in the channel layer There may also be more or less semiconductor material layers between 621 and the substrate 61 , all of which belong to the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application.
该晶体管也可以是HBT时,参照图7所示,晶体管的电极包括发射极(如图7中 的发射极707a)、基极(如图7中的第一基极707b1和第二基极707b2)、集电极(如图7中的第一集电极707c1和第二集电极707c2)。如图7所示的典型HBT结构,其中衬底701上覆盖有晶体管,晶体管包括层叠设置于衬底701上的多个半导体材料层,如图7所示多个半导体材料层从下到上依次是次集电极层702、集电极层703、基区层704、发射极层705、发射极冒层706;其中,在次集电极层702上还包括:位于集电极层703两侧的第一集电极707c1和第二集电极707c2;在基区层704上还包括:位于发射极层705两侧的第一基极707b1和第二基极707b2;在发射极冒层706上还包括:发射极707a。其中,在基区层704中存在有源区。When the transistor can also be an HBT, as shown in FIG. 7, the electrodes of the transistor include an emitter (such as the emitter 707a in FIG. 7), a base (such as the first base 707b1 and the second base 707b2 in FIG. 7). ), collectors (such as the first collector 707c1 and the second collector 707c2 in Figure 7). A typical HBT structure as shown in FIG. 7, wherein the substrate 701 is covered with transistors, and the transistors include multiple semiconductor material layers stacked on the substrate 701. As shown in FIG. 7, multiple semiconductor material layers are sequentially arranged from bottom to top It is the sub-collector layer 702, the collector layer 703, the base layer 704, the emitter layer 705, and the emitter capping layer 706; wherein, the sub-collector layer 702 also includes: the first on both sides of the collector layer 703 The collector electrode 707c1 and the second collector electrode 707c2; the base layer 704 also includes: the first base electrode 707b1 and the second base electrode 707b2 located on both sides of the emitter layer 705; the emitter layer 706 also includes: the emitter Pole 707a. Wherein, an active region exists in the base region layer 704 .
该晶体管还包括第一重掺杂区域708a;其中,第一重掺杂区域708a贯穿发射极冒层706和发射极层705,第一重掺杂区域708a与发射极707a接触,并且第一重掺杂区域708a与基区层704不接触。并且第一重掺杂区域708a内设置有提供载流子的掺杂物。其中,由于在第一重掺杂区域708a内设置有提供载流子的掺杂物,通过掺杂物提供的载流子可以降低发射极707a与发射极冒层706的欧姆接触电阻的电阻率,由于第一重掺杂区域708a贯穿发射极层705,也可以降低发射极层705的电阻率,因此可以降低发射极707a到基区层704的有源区之间的通路上的电阻率,从而提高器件的效率。The transistor also includes a first heavily doped region 708a; wherein, the first heavily doped region 708a runs through the emitter capping layer 706 and the emitter layer 705, the first heavily doped region 708a is in contact with the emitter 707a, and the first heavily doped region The doped region 708a is not in contact with the base layer 704 . In addition, dopants providing carriers are provided in the first heavily doped region 708a. Wherein, since the dopant providing carriers is provided in the first heavily doped region 708a, the carriers provided by the dopant can reduce the resistivity of the ohmic contact resistance between the emitter 707a and the emitter capping layer 706 , since the first heavily doped region 708a penetrates the emitter layer 705, the resistivity of the emitter layer 705 can also be reduced, so the resistivity of the path between the emitter 707a and the active region of the base layer 704 can be reduced, Thereby improving the efficiency of the device.
如图7所示,该晶体管还可以包括以下一个或多个重掺杂区域:第二重掺杂区域708b1、第三重掺杂区域708b2、第四重掺杂区域708c1以及第五重掺杂区域708c2;第二重掺杂区域708b1贯穿基区层704,第二重掺杂区域708b1与第一基极707b1接触,并且第二重掺杂区域708b1与集电极层703不接触;第三重掺杂区域708b2贯穿基区层704,第三重掺杂区域708b2与第二基极707b2接触,并且第三重掺杂区域708b2与集电极层703不接触;第四重掺杂区域708c1贯穿次集电极层702,第四重掺杂区域708c1与第一集电极707c1接触;第五重掺杂区域708c2贯穿次集电极层702,第五重掺杂区域708c2与第二集电极707c2接触;并且第二重掺杂区域708b1、第三重掺杂区域708b2、第四重掺杂区域708c1以及第五重掺杂区域708c2内设置有提供载流子的掺杂物。需要说明的是,考虑衬底701的材料,第四重掺杂区域708c1与衬底701可以接触或不接触,并且第五重掺杂区域708c2与衬底701可以接触或不接触,例如:在衬底701采用导电材料时,为了避免衬底701直接与第四重掺杂区域708c1或第五重掺杂区域708c2导通,则第四重掺杂区域708c1与衬底701可以不接触,并且第五重掺杂区域708c2与衬底701可以不接触;当然,在衬底701采用绝缘材料时,第四重掺杂区域708c1与衬底701可以接触或不接触,并且第五重掺杂区域708c2与衬底701可以接触或不接触。其中,第二重掺杂区域708b1和第三重掺杂区域708b2内设置有提供载流子的掺杂物,由于掺杂物提供的载流子可以降低基极(第一基极707b1和第二基极707b2)与基区层704的欧姆接触电阻的电阻率;第四重掺杂区域708c1以及第五重掺杂区域708c2内设置有提供载流子的掺杂物,由于掺杂物提供的载流子可以降低集电极(第一集电极707c1和第二集电极707c2)与次集电极层702的欧姆接触电阻的电阻率,因此降低基极707b和集电极707c与基区层704的有源区之间的通路上的电阻率,从而提高器件的效率。As shown in FIG. 7, the transistor may further include one or more of the following heavily doped regions: a second heavily doped region 708b1, a third heavily doped region 708b2, a fourth heavily doped region 708c1, and a fifth heavily doped region region 708c2; the second heavily doped region 708b1 runs through the base layer 704, the second heavily doped region 708b1 is in contact with the first base electrode 707b1, and the second heavily doped region 708b1 is not in contact with the collector layer 703; the third heavily doped region 708b1 is in contact with the collector layer 703; The doped region 708b2 runs through the base layer 704, the third heavily doped region 708b2 is in contact with the second base electrode 707b2, and the third heavily doped region 708b2 is not in contact with the collector layer 703; the fourth heavily doped region 708c1 runs through the secondary The collector layer 702, the fourth heavily doped region 708c1 is in contact with the first collector electrode 707c1; the fifth heavily doped region 708c2 runs through the sub-collector layer 702, and the fifth heavily doped region 708c2 is in contact with the second collector electrode 707c2; and Dopants providing carriers are disposed in the second heavily doped region 708b1 , the third heavily doped region 708b2 , the fourth heavily doped region 708c1 and the fifth heavily doped region 708c2 . It should be noted that, considering the material of the substrate 701, the fourth heavily doped region 708c1 may or may not be in contact with the substrate 701, and the fifth heavily doped region 708c2 may or may not be in contact with the substrate 701, for example: When the substrate 701 is made of a conductive material, in order to avoid direct conduction between the substrate 701 and the fourth heavily doped region 708c1 or the fifth heavily doped region 708c2, the fourth heavily doped region 708c1 may not be in contact with the substrate 701, and The fifth heavily doped region 708c2 may not be in contact with the substrate 701; of course, when the substrate 701 is made of an insulating material, the fourth heavily doped region 708c1 may or may not be in contact with the substrate 701, and the fifth heavily doped region 708c2 may or may not be in contact with the substrate 701 . Wherein, the second heavily doped region 708b1 and the third heavily doped region 708b2 are provided with dopants that provide carriers, because the carriers provided by the dopants can reduce the base (the first base 707b1 and the second base 707b1 The resistivity of the ohmic contact resistance between the second base electrode 707b2) and the base layer 704; the fourth heavily doped region 708c1 and the fifth heavily doped region 708c2 are provided with dopants that provide carriers, because the dopants provide The carriers can reduce the resistivity of the ohmic contact resistance between the collector (the first collector 707c1 and the second collector 707c2) and the sub-collector layer 702, thus reducing the contact between the base 707b and the collector 707c and the base layer 704 resistivity on the pathways between the active regions, thereby increasing the efficiency of the device.
对于HBT,如图7所示,以GaAs HBT为例,并且该HBT为NPN型,其中衬底701 包含不掺杂的砷化镓GaAs;次集电极层702包含重掺杂N型杂质(电子型杂质,例如每立方厘米至少存有1e18个杂质原子)的砷化镓GaAs;集电极层703包含掺杂N型杂质(电子型杂质)的砷化镓GaAs,其掺杂浓度和浓度的变化梯度可以根据不同产品的需求进行变化;基区层704包含掺杂P型(空穴型)杂质的砷化镓GaAs,发射极层705包含掺杂N型杂质的磷化铟镓InGaP,发射极冒层706包含重掺杂N型杂质(电子型杂质,例如每立方厘米至少存有1e18个杂质原子)的铟镓砷InGaAs;有时为了不同的器件需求,在发射极层705和发射极冒层706之间,还可以设置掺杂N型杂质(电子型杂质)的砷化镓GaAs材料做过渡层来形成整流能力,掺杂浓度根据不同的产品性能需求而变化。For HBT, as shown in Figure 7, take GaAs HBT as an example, and this HBT is NPN type, and wherein substrate 701 comprises undoped gallium arsenide GaAs; type impurities, such as gallium arsenide GaAs with at least 1e18 impurity atoms per cubic centimeter); the collector layer 703 contains gallium arsenide GaAs doped with N-type impurities (electronic impurities), and its doping concentration and concentration change The gradient can be changed according to the requirements of different products; the base layer 704 contains gallium arsenide GaAs doped with P-type (hole-type) impurities, the emitter layer 705 contains indium gallium phosphide InGaP doped with N-type impurities, and the emitter The risk layer 706 includes indium gallium arsenide InGaAs heavily doped with N-type impurities (electronic impurities, such as at least 1e18 impurity atoms per cubic centimeter); sometimes for different device requirements, the emitter layer 705 and the emitter layer Between 706, gallium arsenide GaAs material doped with N-type impurity (electronic impurity) can also be set as a transition layer to form rectification capability, and the doping concentration varies according to different product performance requirements.
当晶体管是HBT,且晶体管为NPN型,第一重掺杂区域708a的掺杂物提供N型的载流子;第二重掺杂区域708b1和第三重掺杂区域708b2的掺杂物提供P型的载流子;第四重掺杂区域708c1和第五重掺杂区域708c2的掺杂物提供N型的载流子。通常,NPN型晶体管的发射极707a与基区层704的有源区之间的至少一层半导体材料层通常采用具有N型载流子的材料,因此为了避免本申请的实施例的掺杂物提供的载流子与至少一层半导体材料层中的载流子复合,因此第一重掺杂区域708a的掺杂物提供N型的载流子。同理,基极707b(如图7所示的第一基极707b1或第二基极707b2)与有源区之间的通路上的至少一层半导体材料层中通常采用具有P型的载流子的材料,因此第二重掺杂区域708b1和第三重掺杂区域708b2的掺杂物提供P型的载流子;集电极707c(如图7所示的第一集电极707c1或第二集电极707c2)与有源区之间的通路上的至少一层半导体材料层中通常采用具有N型的载流子的材料,因此第四重掺杂区域708c1和第五重掺杂区域708c2的掺杂物提供N型的载流子。类似的,若晶体管为PNP型,第一重掺杂区域708a的掺杂物提供P型的载流子;第二重掺杂区域708b1和第三重掺杂区域708b2的掺杂物提供N型的载流子;第四重掺杂区域708c1和第五重掺杂区域708c2的掺杂物提供P型的载流子。When the transistor is HBT, and the transistor is NPN type, the dopant of the first heavily doped region 708a provides N-type carriers; the dopant of the second heavily doped region 708b1 and the third heavily doped region 708b2 provide P-type carriers; dopants in the fourth heavily doped region 708c1 and the fifth heavily doped region 708c2 provide N-type carriers. Usually, at least one semiconductor material layer between the emitter 707a of the NPN transistor and the active region of the base layer 704 is usually made of a material with N-type carriers, so in order to avoid the dopant The provided carriers recombine with the carriers in at least one semiconductor material layer, so the dopant in the first heavily doped region 708a provides N-type carriers. Similarly, at least one semiconductor material layer on the path between the base 707b (the first base 707b1 or the second base 707b2 shown in FIG. 7 ) and the active region usually adopts a P-type current-carrying material layer. Therefore, the dopant in the second heavily doped region 708b1 and the third heavily doped region 708b2 provides P-type carriers; the collector 707c (the first collector 707c1 or the second collector shown in FIG. 7 At least one layer of semiconductor material layer on the path between the collector electrode 707c2) and the active region usually uses a material with N-type carriers, so the fourth heavily doped region 708c1 and the fifth heavily doped region 708c2 The dopant provides N-type carriers. Similarly, if the transistor is of PNP type, the dopant of the first heavily doped region 708a provides P-type carriers; the dopant of the second heavily doped region 708b1 and the third heavily doped region 708b2 provide N-type carriers; the dopants in the fourth heavily doped region 708c1 and the fifth heavily doped region 708c2 provide P-type carriers.
本申请的实施例中对掺杂物的种类不做限制,例如:上述掺杂物可以包括一种或多种杂质元素。其中,提供N型的载流子的掺杂物至少包括硅Si、锗Ge或锡Sn中的一种或多种杂质元素;提供P型的载流子的掺杂物至少包括铍Be或碳C中的一种或多种杂质元素。The types of dopants are not limited in the embodiments of the present application, for example, the above dopants may include one or more impurity elements. Wherein, the dopant that provides N-type carriers includes at least one or more impurity elements in silicon Si, germanium Ge or tin Sn; the dopant that provides P-type carriers includes at least beryllium Be or carbon One or more impurity elements in C.
由于掺杂物达到一定浓度,才能提供真正实现降低电阻率的要求的载流子,因此,第一重掺杂区域708a、第二重掺杂区域708b1、第三重掺杂区域708b2、第四重掺杂区域708c1以及第五重掺杂区域708c2的掺杂物的浓度大于等于预定浓度。Since the dopant reaches a certain concentration, it can provide the carriers that can actually reduce the resistivity. Therefore, the first heavily doped region 708a, the second heavily doped region 708b1, the third heavily doped region 708b2, and the fourth Concentrations of dopants in the heavily doped region 708c1 and the fifth heavily doped region 708c2 are greater than or equal to a predetermined concentration.
第一重掺杂区域708a、第二重掺杂区域708b1、第三重掺杂区域708b2、第四重掺杂区域708c1以及第五重掺杂区域708c2的掺杂物的预定浓度为1e18原子/立方厘米,例如可以是1e18~1e21原子/立方厘米。The predetermined concentration of the dopant in the first heavily doped region 708a, the second heavily doped region 708b1, the third heavily doped region 708b2, the fourth heavily doped region 708c1 and the fifth heavily doped region 708c2 is 1e18 atoms/ A cubic centimeter may be, for example, 1e18 to 1e21 atoms/cubic centimeter.
另外,本申请的实施例还提供了衬底具体采用的材料。例如:集成电路中的晶体管的衬底材料可以包括以下任一:砷化镓GaAs、磷化铟InP、氮化镓GaN。In addition, the embodiments of the present application also provide specific materials used for the substrate. For example, the substrate material of a transistor in an integrated circuit may include any of the following: gallium arsenide GaAs, indium phosphide InP, and gallium nitride GaN.
在一种实施方式中,本申请的实施例提供一种集成电路的制作方法,参照图8所示,包括如下步骤:In one implementation, an embodiment of the present application provides a method for manufacturing an integrated circuit, as shown in FIG. 8 , including the following steps:
801、在衬底上依次制作层叠设置的沟道层、势垒层。801. Fabricate a stacked channel layer and a barrier layer sequentially on a substrate.
其中,衬底可以采用的材料包括以下任一:砷化镓GaAs、磷化铟InP、氮化镓GaN。其中,根据衬底的材料不同,衬底的制作工艺可以是采用化学气相沉积(plasma enhanced chemical vapor deposition,PECVD)、气相沉积(CVD)等工艺制作。当然,根据上述示例提供的衬底上方层叠设置的沟道层以及势垒层的材料特性,也可以采用和衬底类似或相同的工艺制作层叠在衬底上的沟道层、势垒层。其中沟道层中存在有源区,该有源区可以是沟道层中栅极正对的区域。其中,如上产品实施例中所述,以HEMT为例,衬底和沟道层之间的半导体材料层可以制作成核层以及一层或多层缓冲层,还可以包括制作于多层缓冲层之间的掺杂层;当然也可以在沟道层上制作至少一层缓冲层,在至少一层缓冲层中任意相邻的两层缓冲层之间制作掺杂层,还可以在势垒层上制作第一冒层和第二冒层。Wherein, the materials that can be used for the substrate include any of the following: gallium arsenide GaAs, indium phosphide InP, and gallium nitride GaN. Wherein, depending on the material of the substrate, the manufacturing process of the substrate may be produced by chemical vapor deposition (plasma enhanced chemical vapor deposition, PECVD), vapor deposition (CVD) and other processes. Of course, according to the material properties of the channel layer and barrier layer stacked above the substrate provided in the above examples, the channel layer and barrier layer stacked on the substrate can also be fabricated by a process similar or identical to that of the substrate. Where there is an active region in the channel layer, the active region may be a region facing the gate in the channel layer. Among them, as described in the above product embodiments, taking HEMT as an example, the semiconductor material layer between the substrate and the channel layer can be made of a nucleation layer and one or more buffer layers, and can also include a multi-layer buffer layer The doped layer between; of course at least one buffer layer can be made on the channel layer, the doped layer can be made between any adjacent two buffer layers in the at least one buffer layer, and the barrier layer can also be Make the first risk layer and the second risk layer.
802、制作覆盖势垒层的光刻胶。802. Fabricate a photoresist covering the barrier layer.
例如,在最上层的半导体材料层上涂覆一层光刻胶,该光刻胶可以是正性光刻胶或负性光刻胶,例如最上层的半导体材料层为势垒层的话,可以是制作覆盖势垒层的光刻胶;或者最上层的半导体材料层为冒层(第一冒层和第二冒层)的话,可以是制作覆盖第一冒层和第二冒层的光刻胶。For example, a layer of photoresist is coated on the uppermost semiconductor material layer, which can be a positive photoresist or a negative photoresist. For example, if the uppermost semiconductor material layer is a barrier layer, it can be Make the photoresist that covers the barrier layer; or if the uppermost semiconductor material layer is a risk layer (the first risk layer and the second risk layer), you can make the photoresist that covers the first risk layer and the second risk layer .
803、对光刻胶进行光刻,在源极的区域形成源极开窗,在漏极的区域形成漏极开窗。803. Perform photolithography on the photoresist, form a source window in the source region, and form a drain window in the drain region.
例如可以是对制作在覆盖势垒层的光刻胶进行光刻,在源极的区域形成源极开窗,在漏极的区域形成漏极开窗;或者,可以是对制作在覆盖第一冒层和第二冒层的光刻胶进行光刻,在第一冒层上源极的区域形成源极开窗,在第二冒层上漏极的区域形成漏极开窗。For example, photolithography may be performed on the photoresist made on the covering barrier layer, a source opening is formed in the region of the source, and a drain opening is formed in the region of the drain; or it may be made on the covering first The photoresist of the risk layer and the second risk layer is subjected to photolithography to form a source opening in the region of the source on the first risk layer, and to form a drain opening in the region of the drain on the second risk layer.
804、通过源极开窗和漏极开窗注入提供载流子的掺杂物,形成第一重掺杂区域和第二重掺杂区域。804. Inject the dopant providing carriers by opening the source window and the drain window to form a first heavily doped region and a second heavily doped region.
其中,第一重掺杂区域贯穿势垒层以及沟道层,或者,第一重掺杂区域贯穿第一冒层、至少一层缓冲层以及至少一层缓冲层中任意相邻两层缓冲层之间的掺杂层;第二重掺杂区域贯穿势垒层以及沟道层,或者,第二重掺杂区域贯穿第二冒层、至少一层缓冲层以及至少一层缓冲层中任意相邻两层缓冲层之间的掺杂层。Wherein, the first heavily doped region runs through the barrier layer and the channel layer, or the first heavily doped region runs through the first buffer layer, at least one buffer layer, and any adjacent two buffer layers in the at least one buffer layer The doped layer between; the second heavily doped region runs through the barrier layer and the channel layer, or the second heavily doped region runs through the second buffer layer, at least one buffer layer, and any phase in the at least one buffer layer A doped layer between adjacent two buffer layers.
其中,该掺杂物可以包括一种或多种杂质元素。本申请的实施例对掺杂物包含的杂质元素的类型不做限定,例如:提供N型的载流子的掺杂物至少包括硅Si、锗Ge或锡Sn中的一种或多种杂质元素;提供P型的载流子的掺杂物至少包括铍Be或碳C中的一种或多种杂质元素。此外,为了确保掺杂物提供的载流子能够降低电极到有源区之间的通路上的电阻率,第一重掺杂区域和第二重掺杂区域注入的掺杂物的面密度(即单位面积(每平方厘米)上的剂量)可以大于等于1e14原子/平方厘米,例如可以是1e14~1e17原子/平方厘米;离子注入的能量根据需要贯穿的半导体材料层的厚度决定,最终离子注入完成后使得第一重掺杂区域与第二重掺杂区域内的掺杂物浓度大于等于1e18原子/立方厘米,例如可以是1e18~1e21原子/立方厘米。Wherein, the dopant may include one or more impurity elements. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the type of impurity elements contained in the dopant, for example: the dopant providing N-type carriers includes at least one or more impurities in silicon Si, germanium Ge or tin Sn element; the dopant providing P-type carriers includes at least one or more impurity elements in beryllium Be or carbon C. In addition, in order to ensure that the carriers provided by the dopant can reduce the resistivity on the path between the electrode and the active region, the surface density of the dopant injected into the first heavily doped region and the second heavily doped region ( That is, the dose per unit area (per square centimeter) can be greater than or equal to 1e14 atoms/square centimeter, for example, it can be 1e14~1e17 atoms/square centimeter; the energy of ion implantation is determined according to the thickness of the semiconductor material layer that needs to penetrate, and the final ion implantation After completion, the dopant concentration in the first heavily doped region and the second heavily doped region is greater than or equal to 1e18 atoms/cm 3 , for example, 1e18˜1e21 atoms/cm 3 .
在一些示例中,晶体管至少包括HEMT、MESFET;晶体管为N型,此时掺杂物提供N型的载流子;或者,晶体管为P型,掺杂物提供P型的载流子。晶体管为N型,则有源区中的载流子为N型(即电子型)载流子,或者晶体管为P型,则有源区中的载流 子为P型(即空穴型)载流子,因此为了避免有源区中的载流子与掺杂物提供的载流子复合(电子型载流子与空穴型载流子复合),影响二维电子气的浓度,因此在本申请的实施例中掺杂物提供的载流子类型与有源区中载流子的类型相同,即晶体管为N型,掺杂物提供N型的载流子;或者,晶体管为P型,掺杂物提供P型的载流子。In some examples, the transistor includes at least HEMT and MESFET; the transistor is N-type, and the dopant provides N-type carriers; or, the transistor is P-type, and the dopant provides P-type carriers. If the transistor is N-type, the carriers in the active region are N-type (that is, electron-type) carriers, or if the transistor is P-type, the carriers in the active region are P-type (that is, hole-type) Carriers, so in order to avoid the recombination of carriers in the active region and the carriers provided by the dopant (recombination of electron-type carriers and hole-type carriers), affecting the concentration of the two-dimensional electron gas, therefore In the embodiment of the present application, the type of carriers provided by the dopant is the same as that of the carriers in the active region, that is, the transistor is N-type, and the dopant provides N-type carriers; or, the transistor is P Type, the dopant provides P-type carriers.
其中,通过源极开窗和漏极开窗注入提供载流子的掺杂物,形成第一重掺杂区域和第二重掺杂区域之后,还需要对注入提供载流子的掺杂物进行退火工艺,激活注入的掺杂物的载流子,使得载流子在第一重掺杂区域和第二重掺杂区域内均匀分布。当然,也可以采用后续电极(源极、漏极和栅极)制作中的退火工艺对注入的掺杂物的载流子进行激活。Among them, the dopant that provides the carrier is implanted through the source opening and the drain opening. After the first heavily doped region and the second heavily doped region are formed, the dopant that provides the carrier for the injection is also required. An annealing process is performed to activate the carriers of the implanted dopants, so that the carriers are uniformly distributed in the first heavily doped region and the second heavily doped region. Of course, the carriers of the implanted dopant can also be activated by the annealing process in the fabrication of subsequent electrodes (source, drain and gate).
805、在势垒层上制作源极、漏极和栅极。805. Fabricate a source, a drain, and a gate on the barrier layer.
示例性的,可以在最上层的半导体材料层上涂覆一层光刻胶,该光刻胶可以是正性光刻胶或负性光刻胶,例如可以是在势垒层上涂覆光刻胶或者可以是在冒层上涂覆光刻胶。对光刻胶进行光刻,并在栅极的区域形成栅极开窗。然后在源极开窗中制作源极,在漏极开窗中制作漏极,在栅极开窗中制作栅极。其中第一重掺杂区域与源极接触、第二重掺杂区域与漏极接触。Exemplarily, a layer of photoresist can be coated on the uppermost semiconductor material layer, and the photoresist can be a positive photoresist or a negative photoresist, for example, a photoresist can be coated on the barrier layer The glue can alternatively be a photoresist coated on the masking layer. Photolithography is performed on the photoresist and a gate opening is formed in the area of the gate. Then make the source in the source opening, make the drain in the drain opening, and make the gate in the gate opening. Wherein the first heavily doped region is in contact with the source, and the second heavily doped region is in contact with the drain.
需要说明的是,考虑衬底的材料,通过源极开窗和漏极开窗注入提供载流子的掺杂物,形成第一重掺杂区域和第二重掺杂区域时,第一重掺杂区域与衬底可以接触或不接触,并且第二重掺杂区域与衬底可以接触或不接触,例如:在衬底采用导电材料时,为了避免衬底直接将第一重掺杂区域与第二重掺杂区域短路,则第一重掺杂区域与衬底可以不接触,并且第二重掺杂区域与衬底可以不接触;当然,在衬底采用绝缘材料时,第一重掺杂区域与衬底可以接触或不接触,并且第二重掺杂区域与衬底可以接触或不接触。由于第一重掺杂区域以及第二重掺杂区域内设置有提供载流子的掺杂物,并且第一重掺杂区域与源极接触以及第二重掺杂区域与漏极接触,则在栅极施加电压以在沟道层的有源区中产生二维电子气时,该二维电子气可以通过第一重掺杂区域在沟道层的有源区与源极之间传输,并且二维电子气可以通过第二重掺杂区域在沟道层的有源区与漏极之间传输,由于掺杂物能够提供载流子,因此降低了二维电子气在上述的电流传输的路径上的电阻,即通过掺杂物提供的载流子能够降低沟道层中的有源区到源极和漏极之间的通路上的电阻率,从而提高器件的效率。It should be noted that, considering the material of the substrate, the dopant that provides carriers is implanted through the source opening and the drain opening, and when the first heavily doped region and the second heavily doped region are formed, the first heavily doped region The doped region may or may not be in contact with the substrate, and the second heavily doped region may or may not be in contact with the substrate. Short circuit with the second heavily doped region, then the first heavily doped region may not be in contact with the substrate, and the second heavily doped region may not be in contact with the substrate; of course, when the substrate is made of insulating material, the first heavily doped region The doped region may or may not be in contact with the substrate, and the second heavily doped region may or may not be in contact with the substrate. Since the first heavily doped region and the second heavily doped region are provided with dopants providing carriers, and the first heavily doped region is in contact with the source and the second heavily doped region is in contact with the drain, then When a voltage is applied to the gate to generate a two-dimensional electron gas in the active region of the channel layer, the two-dimensional electron gas can be transported between the active region of the channel layer and the source through the first heavily doped region, And the two-dimensional electron gas can be transported between the active region and the drain of the channel layer through the second heavily doped region, because the dopant can provide carriers, thus reducing the current transmission of the two-dimensional electron gas in the above-mentioned The resistance on the path, that is, the carriers provided by the dopant can reduce the resistivity on the path from the active region in the channel layer to the source and drain, thereby improving the efficiency of the device.
具体以晶体管采用HEMT为例,参照图9至图21对本申请的实施例提供的一种集成电路的制作方法,包括如下步骤:Specifically, taking HEMT as an example for transistors, referring to FIG. 9 to FIG. 21 , the method for manufacturing an integrated circuit provided by the embodiment of the present application includes the following steps:
901、在衬底上依次制作层叠设置的多个半导体材料层。901. Fabricate a plurality of stacked semiconductor material layers sequentially on a substrate.
其中,如图9所示,为了使得该HEMT器件性能更好(例如提升二维电子气的浓度、降低漏电流或者提高器件响应速度等),示例性的,可以在衬底51上依次形成层叠设置的多个半导体材料层,多个半导体材料层从下到上依次包括成核层524、第一缓冲层525a、第一掺杂层526、第二缓冲层525b、沟道层521、第三缓冲层5231a、第二掺杂层5232、第四缓冲层5231b、势垒层5233以及冒层5234。其中,沟道层521中存在有源区。当然,依据以上各个半导体材料层所采用的具体材料,可以采用沉积工艺、涂覆工艺等工艺在衬底上形成多个半导体材料层。Wherein, as shown in FIG. 9 , in order to make the performance of the HEMT device better (such as increasing the concentration of two-dimensional electron gas, reducing the leakage current or improving the response speed of the device, etc.), for example, stacking layers can be sequentially formed on the substrate 51 A plurality of semiconductor material layers are provided, and the plurality of semiconductor material layers sequentially include a nucleation layer 524, a first buffer layer 525a, a first doped layer 526, a second buffer layer 525b, a channel layer 521, a third The buffer layer 5231 a , the second doped layer 5232 , the fourth buffer layer 5231 b , the barrier layer 5233 and the capping layer 5234 . Wherein, an active region exists in the channel layer 521 . Of course, depending on the specific materials used in each of the above semiconductor material layers, multiple semiconductor material layers can be formed on the substrate by using processes such as deposition process and coating process.
902、制作覆盖冒层5234的光刻胶,并进行光刻形成第一栅极开窗。902. Fabricate a photoresist covering the capping layer 5234, and perform photolithography to form a first gate opening.
参照图10所示,可以利用遮光板(光罩mask)对光刻胶进行遮挡,遮光板的形状如图10所示,即将形成电极(例如源极和漏极)的区域设置为不透光区域,将形成电极(例如栅极)的区域设置为透光区域。如图10示出的遮光板,在冒层5234上方的两边为不透光区域,中间是透光区域。那么,在涂覆的光刻胶固化之后,通过光线照射该遮光板对透光区域的光刻胶进行激活,并去除透光区域的光刻胶,形成第一栅极开窗,如图11所示。Referring to Fig. 10, the photoresist can be shielded by a shading plate (reticle mask). The shape of the shading plate is as shown in FIG. area, the area where the electrode (such as the grid) is formed is set as the light-transmitting area. As shown in FIG. 10 , the two sides above the masking layer 5234 are opaque areas, and the middle is a light-transmitting area. Then, after the coated photoresist is cured, the photoresist in the light-transmitting area is activated by irradiating the light-shielding plate with light, and the photoresist in the light-transmitting area is removed to form a first gate opening, as shown in Figure 11 shown.
903、通过第一栅极开窗对冒层进行蚀刻处理,形成栅极制作区。903. Etching the risk layer by opening a first gate window to form a gate fabrication region.
具体的,参照图12所示,在步骤903中,可以采用干法蚀刻或湿法蚀刻对第一栅极开窗下方露出的冒层5234进行蚀刻,将冒层5234分割成第一冒层5234a和第二冒层5234b左右分布的结构,在第一冒层5234a和第二冒层5234b之间形成栅极制作区。Specifically, as shown in FIG. 12, in step 903, dry etching or wet etching can be used to etch the capping layer 5234 exposed under the first gate opening, and the capping layer 5234 is divided into first capping layers 5234a. and the structure of distributed left and right of the second risk layer 5234b, forming a gate fabrication region between the first risk layer 5234a and the second risk layer 5234b.
904、在栅极制作区制作栅极。904. Fabricate a gate in the gate fabrication area.
具体的,参照图13所示,可以首先在冒层5234和栅极制作区上涂覆光刻胶,并采用如步骤902类似的工艺在光刻胶上形成制作栅极的第二栅极开窗,例如参照图14所示,可以利用遮光板对光刻胶进行遮挡。遮光板的形状如图14所示,该遮光板在冒层5234上方的两边为不透光区域,中间是透光区域。需注意此时的遮光板和图10的遮光板结构相似,但是透光区域比图10中的透光区域小。那么,在涂覆的光刻胶固化之后,通过光线照射该遮光板对透光区域的光刻胶进行激活,并去除透光区域的光刻胶,形成第二栅极开窗,如图15所示。然后,参照图16所示,在第二栅极开窗中形成栅极522a,具体的可以采用金属沉积工艺、蒸镀工艺或者电镀工艺在势垒层5233上方的第二栅极开窗制作形成该栅极522a,通常栅极522a可以采用铜、铝、锰等金属单质或合金。Specifically, as shown in FIG. 13 , a photoresist may be firstly coated on the capping layer 5234 and the gate fabrication area, and a second gate opening for making the gate is formed on the photoresist by a process similar to step 902. For the window, for example, as shown in FIG. 14 , the photoresist can be shielded by a light-shielding plate. The shape of the light-shielding plate is shown in FIG. 14 , the two sides of the light-shielding plate above the capping layer 5234 are opaque areas, and the middle is a light-transmitting area. It should be noted that the light-shielding plate at this time is similar in structure to the light-shielding plate in FIG. 10 , but the light-transmitting area is smaller than that in FIG. 10 . Then, after the coated photoresist is cured, the photoresist in the light-transmitting area is activated by irradiating the light-shielding plate with light, and the photoresist in the light-transmitting area is removed to form a second grid opening, as shown in Figure 15 shown. Then, as shown in FIG. 16 , the gate 522a is formed in the second gate opening. Specifically, the second gate opening above the barrier layer 5233 can be formed by using a metal deposition process, an evaporation process, or an electroplating process. The gate 522a, generally, the gate 522a can be made of copper, aluminum, manganese and other metal simple substances or alloys.
905、制作覆盖第一冒层5234a和第二冒层5234b的光刻胶,并进行光刻,在源极的区域形成源极开窗,在漏极的区域形成漏极开窗。905. Fabricate a photoresist covering the first capping layer 5234a and the second capping layer 5234b, and perform photolithography to form a source opening in the source area and a drain opening in the drain area.
具体的,参照图17所示,可以首先在冒层5234(第一冒层5234a和第二冒层5234b)和栅极522a上涂覆光刻胶,并采用如步骤902类似的工艺在光刻胶上形成制作源极的源极开窗以及制作漏极的漏极开窗,例如参照图18所示,可以利用遮光板对光刻胶进行遮挡,遮光板的形状如图18所示,即将形成电极(例如源极和漏极)的区域设置为透光区域,其他区域设置为不透光区域。那么,在涂覆的光刻胶固化之后,通过光线照射该遮光板对透光区域的光刻胶进行激活,并去除透光区域的光刻胶,形成源极开窗和漏极开窗,如图19所示。Specifically, as shown in FIG. 17 , a photoresist can be first coated on the capping layer 5234 (the first capping layer 5234a and the second capping layer 5234b ) and the gate 522a, and a process similar to step 902 is used to coat the photoresist The source window for making the source and the drain window for making the drain are formed on the glue. For example, as shown in FIG. 18, the photoresist can be blocked by a light shield. The region where electrodes (such as source and drain) are formed is set as a light-transmitting area, and other areas are set as light-impermeable areas. Then, after the coated photoresist is cured, the photoresist in the light-transmitting area is activated by irradiating the light-shielding plate with light, and the photoresist in the light-transmitting area is removed to form a source opening and a drain opening, As shown in Figure 19.
906、通过源极开窗和漏极开窗注入提供载流子的掺杂物,形成第一重掺杂区域和第二重掺杂区域。906 . Inject the dopant providing carriers by opening the source window and the drain window to form a first heavily doped region and a second heavily doped region.
如图20所示,在步骤906中,可以采用离子注入的工艺通过源极开窗和漏极开窗注入提供载流子的掺杂物,形成第一重掺杂区域和第二重掺杂区域,具体如图21所示,在源极开窗下方的第一重掺杂区域527a和漏极开窗下方的第二重掺杂区域527b。图21所展示的离子注入区域(即第一重掺杂区域527a和第二重掺杂区域527b)贯穿冒层5234、势垒层5233、第四缓冲层5231b、第二掺杂层5232以及第三缓冲层5231a至沟道层521。其中,第一重掺杂区域527a和第二重掺杂区域527b注入的掺杂物的浓度以降低源极(或漏极)与第一冒层5234a(或第二冒层5234b)的欧姆接触电阻的 电阻率、电极(源极和/或漏极)与有源区之间的通道上的半导体材料层的电阻率为目的;离子注入的掺杂物所提供的载流子的类型和有源区中的载流子类型一致;离子注入的掺杂物可以是单一元素也可以是多种元素的混合物;离子注入的掺杂物的面密度(即单位面积(每平方厘米)上的剂量)可以大于等于1e14原子/平方厘米,例如可以是1e14~1e17原子/平方厘米;离子注入的能量根据冒层5234、势垒层5233、第四缓冲层5231b、第二掺杂层5232、第三缓冲层5231a以及沟道层521的厚度决定;最终的离子注入的射程要到达沟道层521,但不能穿过成核层524。离子注入完成后需进行退火工艺,激活注入的掺杂物的载流子,使得载流子在第一重掺杂区域527a和第二重掺杂区域527b内均匀分布。其中,也可以采用后续电极(源极和漏极)制作中的退火工艺对注入的掺杂物的载流子进行激活。最终离子注入完成后使得第一重掺杂区域527a与第二重掺杂区域527b内的掺杂物浓度大于等于1e18原子/立方厘米,例如可以是1e18~1e21原子/立方厘米。需要说明的是,第一重掺杂区域527a与第二重掺杂区域527b内掺杂物浓度越高时,第一重掺杂区域527a与第二重掺杂区域527b内的掺杂物所提供的载流子浓度也就越高。As shown in FIG. 20 , in step 906, ion implantation can be used to implant carrier dopants through source opening and drain opening to form a first heavily doped region and a second heavily doped region. Regions, specifically as shown in FIG. 21 , the first heavily doped region 527a below the source opening and the second heavily doped region 527b below the drain opening. The ion implantation region shown in FIG. 21 (that is, the first heavily doped region 527a and the second heavily doped region 527b) penetrates the capping layer 5234, the barrier layer 5233, the fourth buffer layer 5231b, the second doped layer 5232 and the second Three buffer layers 5231a to the channel layer 521. Wherein, the concentration of dopants implanted in the first heavily doped region 527a and the second heavily doped region 527b is used to reduce the ohmic contact between the source (or drain) and the first risk layer 5234a (or second risk layer 5234b). The resistivity of the resistor, the resistivity of the semiconductor material layer on the channel between the electrode (source and/or drain) and the active region; the type and effectiveness of the carriers provided by the ion-implanted dopant The type of carriers in the source region is consistent; the dopant for ion implantation can be a single element or a mixture of multiple elements; the surface density of the dopant for ion implantation (ie, the dose per unit area (per square centimeter) ) can be greater than or equal to 1e14 atoms/square centimeter, for example, it can be 1e14~1e17 atoms/square centimeter; the energy of ion implantation depends on the risk layer 5234, the barrier layer 5233, the fourth buffer layer 5231b, the second doped layer 5232, the third The thickness of the buffer layer 5231 a and the channel layer 521 is determined; the range of the final ion implantation should reach the channel layer 521 , but cannot pass through the nucleation layer 524 . After the ion implantation is completed, an annealing process is required to activate the carriers of the implanted dopants, so that the carriers are evenly distributed in the first heavily doped region 527a and the second heavily doped region 527b. Wherein, the annealing process in the fabrication of the subsequent electrodes (source and drain) can also be used to activate the carriers of the implanted dopant. After the final ion implantation is completed, the dopant concentration in the first heavily doped region 527 a and the second heavily doped region 527 b is greater than or equal to 1e18 atoms/cm 3 , for example, 1e18˜1e21 atoms/cm 3 . It should be noted that, when the dopant concentration in the first heavily doped region 527a and the second heavily doped region 527b is higher, the dopant concentration in the first heavily doped region 527a and the second heavily doped region 527b The carrier concentration provided is also higher.
907、在源极开窗中制作源极、在漏极开窗中制作漏极。907. Fabricate a source in source opening, and fabricate a drain in drain opening.
如图21所示,在源极开窗制作源极522b,具体的可以采用金属沉积工艺、蒸镀工艺或者电镀工艺在源极开窗制作形成该源极522b,通常源极522b可以采用铜、铝、锰等金属单质或合金;在漏极开窗中制作漏极522c,可以采用与源极522b相同或类似的工艺以及材料制作漏极。源极522b和漏极522c的制作工艺可以同时进行。其中第一重掺杂区域527a与源极522b接触、第二重掺杂区域527b与漏极522c接触。As shown in FIG. 21, the source electrode 522b is formed by opening the source electrode. Specifically, the source electrode 522b can be formed by opening the source electrode by using a metal deposition process, an evaporation process, or an electroplating process. Usually, the source electrode 522b can be made of copper, Aluminum, manganese and other metals or alloys; the drain 522c is fabricated in the drain opening, and the same or similar process and materials as the source 522b can be used to fabricate the drain. The manufacturing processes of the source electrode 522b and the drain electrode 522c can be performed simultaneously. The first heavily doped region 527a is in contact with the source 522b, and the second heavily doped region 527b is in contact with the drain 522c.
如此便可制成如图5所示的包含HEMT的集成电路。以上方案中是先进行栅极的制作,后进行源极以及漏极的制作,当然也可以在同一步骤中同时制作源极、漏极以及栅极,具体参照图22至图27对本申请的实施例提供的集成电路的另一种制作方法,包括如下步骤:In this way, an integrated circuit including HEMTs as shown in FIG. 5 can be manufactured. In the above scheme, the fabrication of the gate is performed first, followed by the fabrication of the source and the drain. Of course, the source, the drain, and the gate can also be fabricated in the same step at the same time. Specifically, refer to FIG. 22 to FIG. 27 for the implementation of the present application. Another kind of manufacturing method of the integrated circuit that example provides, comprises the following steps:
1001、在衬底上依次制作层叠设置的多个半导体材料层。1001. Fabricate multiple semiconductor material layers stacked in sequence on a substrate.
1002、制作覆盖冒层5234的光刻胶,并进行光刻形成第一栅极开窗。1002. Fabricate a photoresist covering the capping layer 5234, and perform photolithography to form a first gate opening.
1003、通过第一栅极开窗对冒层进行蚀刻处理,形成栅极制作区。1003. Etching the risk layer by opening a first gate window to form a gate fabrication region.
其中步骤1001-1003的具体过程可以参照步骤901-903所述,不再赘述。下述步骤是在903形成图12的结构上继续制作。The specific process of steps 1001-1003 can refer to the description of steps 901-903, and will not be repeated here. The following steps are continued at 903 to form the structure in FIG. 12 .
1004、制作覆盖第一冒层和第二冒层的光刻胶,并进行光刻,在源极的区域形成源极开窗和在漏极的区域形成漏极开窗。1004. Fabricate a photoresist covering the first risk layer and the second risk layer, and perform photolithography to form a source opening in the source area and a drain opening in the drain area.
具体的,参照图22所示,可以首先在冒层5234和栅极制作区上涂覆光刻胶,并采用如步骤1002类似的工艺在光刻胶上形成源极开窗和漏极开窗,例如参照图22所示,可以利用遮光板对光刻胶进行遮挡,遮光板的形状如图22所示,即将形成电极(例如源极和漏极)的区域设置为透光区域,其他区域设置为不透光区域。如图22示出的遮光板,其在冒层5234上方的两边为透光区域,其他是不透光区域。那么,在涂覆的光刻胶固化之后,通过光线照射该遮光板对透光区域的光刻胶进行激活,并去除透光区域的光刻胶,形成源极开窗和漏极开窗,如图23所示。Specifically, as shown in FIG. 22, a photoresist may be firstly coated on the capping layer 5234 and the gate fabrication region, and a source opening and a drain opening are formed on the photoresist by a process similar to step 1002. For example, as shown in FIG. 22, the photoresist can be shielded by a light-shielding plate. The shape of the light-shielding plate is as shown in FIG. Set to opaque area. As shown in FIG. 22 , the two sides of the light-shielding plate above the capping layer 5234 are light-transmitting areas, and the others are light-impermeable areas. Then, after the coated photoresist is cured, the photoresist in the light-transmitting area is activated by irradiating the light-shielding plate with light, and the photoresist in the light-transmitting area is removed to form a source opening and a drain opening, As shown in Figure 23.
1005、通过源极开窗和漏极开窗注入提供载流子的掺杂物,形成第一重掺杂区域 和第二重掺杂区域。1005. Inject the dopant providing carriers by opening the source window and the drain window to form a first heavily doped region and a second heavily doped region.
如图24所示,在步骤1005中,可以采用离子注入的工艺通过源极开窗和漏极开窗注入提供载流子的掺杂物,形成第一重掺杂区域和第二重掺杂区域。图25所展示的离子注入区域(即第一重掺杂区域527a和第二重掺杂区域527b)贯穿冒层5234、势垒层5233、第四缓冲层5231b、第二掺杂层5232、第三缓冲层5231a以及沟道层521,具体如图25所示,在源极开窗下方的第一重掺杂区域527a和漏极开窗下方的第二重掺杂区域527b。其中,第一重掺杂区域527a和第二重掺杂区域527b注入的掺杂物浓度以降低源极(或漏极)与第一冒层5234a(或第二冒层5234b)的欧姆接触电阻的电阻率、电极与有源区之间的通道上的半导体材料层的电阻率为目的;离子注入的掺杂物所提供的载流子的类型和有源区中的载流子类型一致;离子注入的掺杂物可以是单一元素也可以是多种元素的混合物;离子注入的掺杂物的面密度(即单位面积(每平方厘米)上的剂量)可以大于等于1e14原子/平方厘米,例如可以是1e14~1e17原子/平方厘米;离子注入的能量根据冒层5234、势垒层5233、第四缓冲层5231b、第二掺杂层5232、第三缓冲层5231a以及沟道层521的厚度决定;最终的离子注入的射程要到达沟道层521,但不能穿过成核层524。离子注入完成后需进行退火工艺,激活注入的掺杂物的载流子,使得载流子在第一重掺杂区域527a和第二重掺杂区域527b内均匀分布。其中,也可以采用后续电极(源极和漏极)制作中的退火工艺对注入的掺杂物的载流子进行激活。最终离子注入完成后使得第一重掺杂区域527a与第二重掺杂区域527b内的掺杂物的浓度大于等于1e18原子/立方厘米,例如可以是1e18~1e21原子/立方厘米。需要说明的是,第一重掺杂区域527a与第二重掺杂区域527b内掺杂物浓度越高时,第一重掺杂区域527a与第二重掺杂区域527b内的掺杂物所提供的载流子浓度也就越高。As shown in FIG. 24 , in step 1005, ion implantation can be used to implant carrier dopants through source opening and drain opening to form a first heavily doped region and a second heavily doped region. area. The ion implantation region shown in FIG. 25 (that is, the first heavily doped region 527a and the second heavily doped region 527b) penetrates the capping layer 5234, the barrier layer 5233, the fourth buffer layer 5231b, the second doped layer 5232, the second The three buffer layers 5231 a and the channel layer 521 , specifically as shown in FIG. 25 , are the first heavily doped region 527 a under the source opening and the second heavily doped region 527 b under the drain opening. Wherein, the dopant concentration implanted in the first heavily doped region 527a and the second heavily doped region 527b is used to reduce the ohmic contact resistance between the source (or drain) and the first risk layer 5234a (or second risk layer 5234b). The resistivity of the resistivity, the resistivity of the semiconductor material layer on the channel between the electrode and the active region; the type of carriers provided by the ion-implanted dopant is consistent with the type of carriers in the active region; The ion-implanted dopant can be a single element or a mixture of multiple elements; the surface density (that is, the dose per unit area (per square centimeter)) of the ion-implanted dopant can be greater than or equal to 1e14 atoms/square centimeter, For example, it can be 1e14-1e17 atoms/square centimeter; the energy of ion implantation depends on the thicknesses of the impingement layer 5234, the barrier layer 5233, the fourth buffer layer 5231b, the second doped layer 5232, the third buffer layer 5231a, and the channel layer 521 Decision; the range of the final ion implantation should reach the channel layer 521 , but not pass through the nucleation layer 524 . After the ion implantation is completed, an annealing process is required to activate the carriers of the implanted dopants, so that the carriers are evenly distributed in the first heavily doped region 527a and the second heavily doped region 527b. Wherein, the annealing process in the fabrication of the subsequent electrodes (source and drain) can also be used to activate the carriers of the implanted dopant. After the final ion implantation is completed, the dopant concentration in the first heavily doped region 527 a and the second heavily doped region 527 b is greater than or equal to 1e18 atoms/cm 3 , for example, 1e18˜1e21 atoms/cm 3 . It should be noted that, when the dopant concentration in the first heavily doped region 527a and the second heavily doped region 527b is higher, the dopant concentration in the first heavily doped region 527a and the second heavily doped region 527b The carrier concentration provided is also higher.
1006、光刻形成第二栅极开窗。1006, forming a second gate opening by photolithography.
具体的,参照图26所示,采用如步骤1002类似的工艺在光刻胶上形成制作栅极的第二栅极开窗,例如参照图26所示,可以利用遮光板对光刻胶进行遮挡,遮光板的形状如图26所示,即将形成栅极的区域设置为透光区域,其他区域设置为不透光区域。那么,在涂覆的光刻胶固化之后,通过光线照射该遮光板对透光区域的光刻胶进行激活,并去除透光区域的光刻胶,形成第二栅极开窗,如图27所示。Specifically, as shown in FIG. 26 , a process similar to step 1002 is used to form a second gate opening for making a gate on the photoresist. For example, as shown in FIG. 26 , the photoresist can be blocked by a light shielding plate. , the shape of the light-shielding plate is shown in FIG. 26 , that is, the area where the grid is formed is set as a light-transmitting area, and the other areas are set as light-impermeable areas. Then, after the coated photoresist is cured, the photoresist in the light-transmitting area is activated by irradiating the light-shielding plate with light, and the photoresist in the light-transmitting area is removed to form a second grid opening, as shown in Figure 27 shown.
1007、在源极开窗中制作源极、在漏极开窗中制作漏极、在第二栅极开窗中制作栅极。1007 . Fabricate a source in the source window, fabricate a drain in the drain window, and fabricate a gate in the second gate window.
具体的,如图27所示,在源极开窗制作源极522b,具体的可以采用金属沉积工艺、蒸镀工艺或者电镀工艺在源极开窗制作形成该源极522b,通常源极522b可以采用铜、铝、锰等金属单质或合金;在漏极开窗中制作漏极522c;在第二栅极开窗中形成栅极522a。可以采用与源极522b相同或类似的工艺以及材料制作漏极522c和栅极522a。源极522b、漏极522c和栅极522a的制作工艺可以同时进行。如此也可制成如图5所示的包含HEMT的集成电路。其中第一重掺杂区域527a与源极522b接触、第二重掺杂区域527b与漏极522c接触。Specifically, as shown in FIG. 27, the source electrode 522b is formed by opening the source electrode. Specifically, the source electrode 522b can be formed by opening the source electrode by using a metal deposition process, an evaporation process, or an electroplating process. Usually, the source electrode 522b can be Metal simple substance or alloy such as copper, aluminum, manganese, etc. are used; the drain 522c is formed in the drain opening; the gate 522a is formed in the second gate opening. The drain 522c and the gate 522a can be fabricated using the same or similar processes and materials as the source 522b. The manufacturing process of the source 522b, the drain 522c and the gate 522a can be performed simultaneously. In this way, an integrated circuit including HEMTs as shown in FIG. 5 can also be produced. The first heavily doped region 527a is in contact with the source 522b, and the second heavily doped region 527b is in contact with the drain 522c.
具体以MESFET为例,参照图28至图36对本申请的实施例提供的一种集成电路的制作方法,包括如下步骤:Specifically taking MESFET as an example, referring to FIG. 28 to FIG. 36, a method for manufacturing an integrated circuit provided by the embodiment of the present application includes the following steps:
1101、在衬底上依次制作层叠设置的沟道层、势垒层。1101. Fabricate a stacked channel layer and a barrier layer sequentially on a substrate.
其中,如图28所示,衬底61上制作沟道层621、势垒层622。当然,依据以上各个材料层所采用的具体材料,可以采用沉积工艺、涂覆工艺等工艺在衬底上形成沟道层621和势垒层622。其中,沟道层621中存在有源区。Wherein, as shown in FIG. 28 , a channel layer 621 and a barrier layer 622 are fabricated on a substrate 61 . Of course, depending on the specific materials used in the above material layers, the channel layer 621 and the barrier layer 622 can be formed on the substrate by using processes such as deposition process and coating process. Wherein, an active region exists in the channel layer 621 .
1102、制作绝缘层。1102. Make an insulating layer.
其中,如图29所示,可以在势垒层622上制作绝缘层624。依据绝缘层624的具体材料,可以采用沉积工艺、涂覆工艺等工艺制作绝缘层624。Wherein, as shown in FIG. 29 , an insulating layer 624 may be formed on the barrier layer 622 . Depending on the specific material of the insulating layer 624, the insulating layer 624 may be fabricated by a deposition process, a coating process, and the like.
1103、制作覆盖绝缘层的光刻胶,并进行光刻形成源极开窗和漏极开窗。1103 . Fabricate a photoresist covering the insulating layer, and perform photolithography to form source openings and drain openings.
具体的,可以在绝缘层624上涂覆光刻胶,然后在光刻胶的上方进行光刻。参照图30所示,可以利用遮光板对光刻胶进行遮挡,遮光板的形状如图30所示,即将形成电极(例如源极和漏极)的区域设置为透光区域,其他区域设置为不透光区域。那么,在涂覆的光刻胶固化之后,通过光线照射该遮光板对透光区域的光刻胶进行激活,并去除透光区域的光刻胶,形成源极开窗和漏极开窗,如图31所示。Specifically, a photoresist may be coated on the insulating layer 624, and then photolithography is performed on the photoresist. Referring to Figure 30, the photoresist can be shielded by a shading plate. The shape of the shading plate is as shown in Figure 30, that is, the area where electrodes (such as source and drain electrodes) will be formed is set as a light-transmitting area, and other areas are set as Opaque area. Then, after the coated photoresist is cured, the photoresist in the light-transmitting area is activated by irradiating the light-shielding plate with light, and the photoresist in the light-transmitting area is removed to form a source opening and a drain opening, As shown in Figure 31.
1104、通过源极开窗和漏极开窗对绝缘层进行蚀刻处理,去除源极开窗和漏极开窗下方的绝缘层区域。1104. Etch the insulating layer by opening the source window and the drain window, and remove the insulating layer region below the source window and the drain window.
具体的,参照图32所示,在步骤1104中,可以采用干法蚀刻或湿法蚀刻对源极开窗和漏极开窗下方露出的绝缘层624进行蚀刻,将绝缘层624的左右两侧刻蚀掉,形成图32所示的绝缘层624的结构,绝缘层624左边被刻蚀掉的区域即是源极开窗,绝缘层624右边被刻蚀掉的区域即是漏极开窗。Specifically, as shown in FIG. 32 , in step 1104, dry etching or wet etching can be used to etch the insulating layer 624 exposed under the source opening and the drain opening, and the left and right sides of the insulating layer 624 Etching away to form the structure of the insulating layer 624 shown in FIG. 32 , the etched area on the left side of the insulating layer 624 is the source opening, and the etched area on the right side of the insulating layer 624 is the drain opening.
1105、通过源极开窗和漏极开窗注入提供载流子的掺杂物,形成第一重掺杂区域和第二重掺杂区域。1105 , inject dopant providing carriers by opening a source window and a drain window to form a first heavily doped region and a second heavily doped region.
如图33所示,在步骤1105中,可以采用离子注入的工艺通过源极开窗和漏极开窗注入提供载流子的掺杂物,形成第一重掺杂区域和第二重掺杂区域,如图34所示在源极开窗下方形成第一重掺杂区域63a,在漏极开窗下方形成第二重掺杂区域63b,其中,第一重掺杂区域63a贯穿势垒层622以及沟道层621,第二重掺杂区域63b贯穿势垒层622以及沟道层621。其中,第一重掺杂区域63a和第二重掺杂区域63b注入的掺杂物的浓度以降低源极(或漏极)与势垒层622接触的欧姆接触电阻的电阻率和源极(或漏极)到有源区之间通路上的电阻率为目的;离子注入的掺杂物所提供的载流子的类型和有源区中的载流子类型一致;离子注入的掺杂物可以是单一元素也可以是多种元素的混合物;离子注入的掺杂物的面密度(即单位面积(每平方厘米)上的剂量)可以大于等于1e14原子/平方厘米,例如可以是1e14~1e17原子/平方厘米;离子注入的能量根据势垒层622和沟道层621的厚度决定;最终的注入射程要到达沟道层621。离子注入完成后需进行退火工艺,激活注入的掺杂物的载流子,使得载流子在第一重掺杂区域63a和第二重掺杂区域63b内均匀分布。其中,也可以采用后续电极(源极、漏极和栅极)制作中的退火工艺对注入的掺杂物的载流子进行激活。最终离子注入完成后使得第一重掺杂区域63a与第二重掺杂区域63b内的掺杂物浓度大于等于1e18原子/立方厘米,例如可以是1e18~1e21原子/立方厘米。需要说明的是,第一重掺杂区域63a与第二重掺杂区域63b内掺杂物浓度越高时,第一重掺杂区域63a与第二重掺杂区域63b内的掺杂物所提供的载流子浓度也就越高。As shown in FIG. 33 , in step 1105, ion implantation can be used to implant carrier dopants through source opening and drain opening to form the first heavily doped region and the second heavily doped region. region, as shown in FIG. 34, a first heavily doped region 63a is formed under the source opening, and a second heavily doped region 63b is formed under the drain opening, wherein the first heavily doped region 63a penetrates the barrier layer 622 and the channel layer 621 , the second heavily doped region 63 b penetrates through the barrier layer 622 and the channel layer 621 . Wherein, the concentration of the dopant implanted in the first heavily doped region 63a and the second heavily doped region 63b is to reduce the resistivity and source ( Or drain) to the purpose of the resistivity on the path between the active region; the type of carriers provided by the ion-implanted dopant is consistent with the carrier type in the active region; the ion-implanted dopant It can be a single element or a mixture of multiple elements; the surface density of the ion-implanted dopant (that is, the dose per unit area (per square centimeter)) can be greater than or equal to 1e14 atoms/square centimeter, for example, it can be 1e14~1e17 atoms/cm2; the energy of ion implantation is determined according to the thicknesses of the barrier layer 622 and the channel layer 621; the final implantation range must reach the channel layer 621. After the ion implantation is completed, an annealing process is required to activate the carriers of the implanted dopants, so that the carriers are evenly distributed in the first heavily doped region 63a and the second heavily doped region 63b. Wherein, the annealing process in the fabrication of the subsequent electrodes (source, drain and gate) can also be used to activate the carriers of the implanted dopant. After the final ion implantation is completed, the dopant concentration in the first heavily doped region 63 a and the second heavily doped region 63 b is greater than or equal to 1e18 atoms/cm 3 , for example, 1e18˜1e21 atoms/cm 3 . It should be noted that, when the dopant concentration in the first heavily doped region 63a and the second heavily doped region 63b is higher, the dopant concentration in the first heavily doped region 63a and the second heavily doped region 63b The carrier concentration provided is also higher.
需要说明的是,考虑衬底61的材料,通过源极开窗和漏极开窗注入提供载流子的掺杂物,形成第一重掺杂区域63a和第二重掺杂区域63b时,第一重掺杂区域63a与衬底61可以接触或不接触,并且第二重掺杂区域63b与衬底61可以接触或不接触,例如:在衬底61采用导电材料时,为了避免衬底61直接将第一重掺杂区域63a与第二重掺杂区域63b短路,则第一重掺杂区域63a与衬底61可以不接触,并且第二重掺杂区域63b与衬底61可以不接触;当然,在衬底61采用绝缘材料时,第一重掺杂区域63a与衬底61可以接触或不接触,并且第二重掺杂区域63b与衬底61可以接触或不接触。It should be noted that, considering the material of the substrate 61, when the first heavily doped region 63a and the second heavily doped region 63b are formed by injecting dopants that provide carriers through source opening and drain opening, The first heavily doped region 63a may or may not be in contact with the substrate 61, and the second heavily doped region 63b may or may not be in contact with the substrate 61, for example: when the substrate 61 uses a conductive material, in order to avoid the substrate 61 directly short-circuits the first heavily doped region 63a and the second heavily doped region 63b, then the first heavily doped region 63a may not be in contact with the substrate 61, and the second heavily doped region 63b may not be in contact with the substrate 61. Contact; of course, when the substrate 61 is made of an insulating material, the first heavily doped region 63a may or may not be in contact with the substrate 61 , and the second heavily doped region 63b may or may not be in contact with the substrate 61 .
1106、光刻形成栅极开窗。1106 , forming gate openings by photolithography.
具体的,参照图35所示,可以利用遮光板对光刻胶进行遮挡,遮光板的形状如图35所示,即将形成栅极的区域设置为透光区域,其他区域设置为不透光区域。那么,在涂覆的光刻胶固化之后,通过光线照射该遮光板对透光区域的光刻胶进行激活,并去除透光区域的光刻胶,形成栅极开窗,如图36所示。Specifically, as shown in FIG. 35, the photoresist can be shielded by a light-shielding plate. The shape of the light-shielding plate is shown in FIG. 35, that is, the area where the grid is formed is set as a light-transmitting area, and other areas are set as light-impermeable areas. . Then, after the coated photoresist is cured, the photoresist in the light-transmitting area is activated by irradiating the light-shielding plate with light, and the photoresist in the light-transmitting area is removed to form a gate opening, as shown in FIG. 36 .
1106、在源极开窗中制作源极、在漏极开窗中制作漏极、在栅极开窗中制作栅极。1106 . Fabricate a source electrode by opening a source window, fabricate a drain electrode by opening a drain electrode, and fabricate a gate electrode by opening a gate window.
具体的,如图36所示,在源极开窗中制作源极623a,具体的可以采用金属沉积工艺、蒸镀工艺或者电镀工艺在源极开窗中制作形成该源极623a,通常源极623a可以采用铜、铝、锰等金属单质或合金;在漏极开窗中制作漏极623c,在栅极开窗制作栅极623b,可以采用与源极623a相同或类似的工艺以及材料制作漏极623c和栅极623b。源极623a、漏极623c和栅极623b的制作工艺可以同时进行。其中第一重掺杂区域63a与源极623a接触、第二重掺杂区域63b与漏极623c接触。Specifically, as shown in FIG. 36 , the source electrode 623a is formed in the source window. Specifically, the source electrode 623a can be formed in the source window by using a metal deposition process, an evaporation process, or an electroplating process. Usually, the source electrode 623a can use copper, aluminum, manganese and other metal simple substances or alloys; the drain 623c is made in the drain opening, and the gate 623b is made in the gate opening, and the same or similar process and materials as the source 623a can be used to make the drain. pole 623c and gate 623b. The manufacturing processes of the source 623a, the drain 623c and the gate 623b can be performed simultaneously. The first heavily doped region 63a is in contact with the source 623a, and the second heavily doped region 63b is in contact with the drain 623c.
在某些情况下,为了更好的提高器件的性能,在制作栅极时也会先蚀刻掉栅极下方的部分绝缘层624的区域(例如栅极下方采用更薄的绝缘层可以提高器件响应速度),然后再进行栅极的制作。如此可制成如图6所示的包含MESFET的集成电路。In some cases, in order to better improve the performance of the device, the region of part of the insulating layer 624 under the gate will be etched away first when making the gate (for example, using a thinner insulating layer under the gate can improve the response of the device. speed), and then make the grid. In this way, an integrated circuit including MESFETs as shown in FIG. 6 can be produced.
当然在MESFET的制作中也可以采用先制作栅极,再制作源极和漏极的方式,在此不赘述。Of course, in the manufacture of MESFET, it is also possible to make the gate first, and then make the source and drain, so I won't go into details here.
具体以HBT为例,参照图37至图46对本申请的实施例提供的一种集成电路的制作方法,包括如下步骤:Specifically taking HBT as an example, referring to FIG. 37 to FIG. 46, a method for manufacturing an integrated circuit provided by the embodiment of the present application includes the following steps:
1201、在衬底上依次形成覆盖衬底的层叠设置的多个半导体材料层。1201. Form a plurality of stacked semiconductor material layers covering the substrate sequentially on the substrate.
其中,如图37所示依据以上各个半导体材料层所采用的具体材料,可以采用沉积工艺、涂覆工艺等工艺在衬底上形成层叠设置的多个半导体材料层。衬底701上设置有层叠的多个半导体材料层,多个半导体材料层从下到上依次包括次集电极层702、集电极层703、基区层704、发射极层705、发射极冒层706。通过蚀刻工艺在对基区层704上方的发射极层705、发射极冒层706两侧的区域进行蚀刻,形成第一台阶面F1和第二台阶面F2,以在后续工艺中在该第一台阶面F1制作第一基极,在第二台阶面F2制作第二基极。通过蚀刻工艺在次集电极层702上方的集电极层703、基区层704两侧的区域进行蚀刻,形成第三台阶面F3和第四台阶面F4,以在后续工艺中在该第三台阶面F3制作第一集电极,在第四台阶面F4制作第二集电极。Wherein, as shown in FIG. 37 , according to the specific materials used in each of the above semiconductor material layers, multiple semiconductor material layers stacked on the substrate can be formed on the substrate by using processes such as deposition process and coating process. A plurality of stacked semiconductor material layers are arranged on the substrate 701, and the plurality of semiconductor material layers sequentially include a sub-collector layer 702, a collector layer 703, a base layer 704, an emitter layer 705, and an emitter capping layer from bottom to top. 706. The regions on both sides of the emitter layer 705 above the base layer 704 and the emitter capping layer 706 are etched by an etching process to form a first stepped surface F1 and a second stepped surface F2, so that the first stepped surface F2 can be formed in the subsequent process. The first base is formed on the stepped surface F1, and the second base is formed on the second stepped surface F2. The regions on both sides of the collector layer 703 above the sub-collector layer 702 and the base layer 704 are etched by an etching process to form a third stepped surface F3 and a fourth stepped surface F4, so that in the subsequent process, the third stepped surface The first collector is made on the face F3, and the second collector is made on the fourth stepped face F4.
1202、制作覆盖多个半导体材料层的光刻胶,并进行光刻形成发射极开窗。1202 . Fabricate photoresist covering multiple semiconductor material layers, and perform photolithography to form emitter openings.
具体的,如图38所示,可以在发射极冒层706上、基区层704裸漏的表面上和次 集电极层702裸漏的表面上涂覆光刻胶,然后在光刻胶的上方进行光刻。参照图39所示,可以利用遮光板对光刻胶进行遮挡,遮光板的形状如图39所示,即将形成电极(例如发射极)的区域设置为透光区域,其他区域设置为不透光区域。那么,在涂覆的光刻胶固化之后,通过光线照射该遮光板对透光区域的光刻胶进行激活,并去除透光区域的光刻胶,形成发射极开窗如图40所示。Specifically, as shown in FIG. 38, a photoresist can be coated on the emitter capping layer 706, the exposed surface of the base layer 704 and the exposed surface of the sub-collector layer 702, and then the photoresist Photolithography is performed above. Referring to Figure 39, the photoresist can be shielded by a light-shielding plate, the shape of the light-shielding plate is shown in Figure 39, that is, the area where an electrode (such as an emitter) is to be formed is set as a light-transmitting area, and other areas are set as an opaque area area. Then, after the coated photoresist is cured, the photoresist in the light-transmitting area is activated by irradiating the light-shielding plate with light, and the photoresist in the light-transmitting area is removed to form an emitter opening as shown in FIG. 40 .
1203、通过发射极开窗注入提供载流子的掺杂物,形成第一重掺杂区域。1203 , inject dopant providing carriers by opening an emitter window to form a first heavily doped region.
如图41所示,通过发射极开窗注入提供载流子的掺杂物,形成第一重掺杂区域,如图42所示的发射极下方形成的第一重掺杂区域708a。其中,第一重掺杂区域708a贯穿发射极冒层706和发射极层705,第一重掺杂区域708a与基区层704不接触。其中,第一重掺杂区域708a注入的掺杂物的浓度以降低发射极与发射极冒层706之间的欧姆接触电阻的电阻率和发射极到基区层的有源区之间的通路上的电阻率为目的;离子注入的掺杂物所提供的载流子的类型与发射极冒层706和发射极层705中的掺杂物的载流子类型一致;离子注入的掺杂物可以是单一元素也可以是多种元素的混合物;离子注入的掺杂物的面密度(即单位面积(每平方厘米)上的剂量)可以大于等于1e14原子/平方厘米,例如可以是1e14~1e17原子/平方厘米;离子注入的能量需要根据跨越的半导体材料层的厚度决定,例如考虑发射极冒层706以及发射极层705的厚度。通过掺杂物对发射极冒层706以及发射极层705的掺杂深度可以小于或等于发射极冒层706和发射极层705的厚度,本实施例中并不做具体限定。离子注入完成后需进行退火工艺,激活注入的掺杂物的载流子,使得载流子在第一重掺杂区域708a内均匀分布。其中,也可以采用后续电极(发射极)制作中的退火工艺对注入的掺杂物的载流子进行激活。最终离子注入完成后使得第一重掺杂区域708a内的掺杂物浓度大于等于1e18原子/立方厘米,例如可以是1e18~1e21原子/立方厘米。需要说明的是,第一重掺杂区域708a内掺杂物浓度越高时,第一重掺杂区域708a内的掺杂物所提供的载流子浓度也就越高。As shown in FIG. 41 , the first heavily doped region is formed by implanting the dopant that provides carriers through the emitter opening, such as the first heavily doped region 708 a formed under the emitter shown in FIG. 42 . Wherein, the first heavily doped region 708 a runs through the emitter capping layer 706 and the emitter layer 705 , and the first heavily doped region 708 a is not in contact with the base layer 704 . Wherein, the concentration of the dopant implanted in the first heavily doped region 708a is to reduce the resistivity of the ohmic contact resistance between the emitter and the emitter risk layer 706 and the path between the emitter and the active region of the base layer. The resistivity on the object; the type of carriers provided by the ion-implanted dopant is consistent with the carrier type of the dopant in the emitter layer 706 and the emitter layer 705; the ion-implanted dopant It can be a single element or a mixture of multiple elements; the surface density of the ion-implanted dopant (that is, the dose per unit area (per square centimeter)) can be greater than or equal to 1e14 atoms/square centimeter, for example, it can be 1e14~1e17 Atoms/cm²; the energy of ion implantation needs to be determined according to the thickness of the semiconductor material layer spanning, for example, considering the thickness of the emitter capping layer 706 and the emitter layer 705 . The doping depth of the emitter capping layer 706 and the emitter layer 705 by the dopant may be less than or equal to the thickness of the emitter capping layer 706 and the emitter layer 705 , which is not specifically limited in this embodiment. After the ion implantation is completed, an annealing process is required to activate the carriers of the implanted dopant, so that the carriers are evenly distributed in the first heavily doped region 708a. Wherein, the annealing process in the fabrication of the subsequent electrode (emitter) can also be used to activate the carriers of the implanted dopant. After the final ion implantation is completed, the dopant concentration in the first heavily doped region 708 a is greater than or equal to 1e18 atoms/cm 3 , for example, it may be 1e18˜1e21 atoms/cm 3 . It should be noted that the higher the dopant concentration in the first heavily doped region 708 a is, the higher the carrier concentration provided by the dopant in the first heavily doped region 708 a is.
1204、在发射极开窗中制作发射极。1204. Fabricate the emitter in the emitter opening.
具体的,如图43所示,在发射极开窗制作发射极707a,具体的可以采用金属沉积工艺、蒸镀工艺或者电镀工艺在发射极开窗制作形成该发射极707a,通常发射极707a可以采用铜、铝、锰等金属单质或合金。其中,第一重掺杂区域708a与发射极707a接触。Specifically, as shown in FIG. 43, the emitter 707a is formed by opening the emitter window. Specifically, the emitter 707a can be formed by opening the emitter window by using a metal deposition process, an evaporation process, or an electroplating process. Usually, the emitter 707a can be Use copper, aluminum, manganese and other metals as simple substances or alloys. Wherein, the first heavily doped region 708a is in contact with the emitter 707a.
1205、制作覆盖多个半导体材料层的光刻胶,并在基区层上进行光刻形成第一基极开窗和第二基极开窗;通过第一基极开窗注入提供载流子的掺杂物,形成第二重掺杂区域;通过第二基极开窗注入提供载流子的掺杂物,形成第三重掺杂区域,然后在第一基极开窗中制作第一基极,在第二基极开窗中制作第二基极。1205. Fabricate a photoresist covering multiple semiconductor material layers, and perform photolithography on the base region layer to form a first base opening and a second base opening; inject carriers through the first base opening The dopant to form the second heavily doped region; the dopant that provides carriers is implanted through the second base opening to form the third heavily doped region, and then the first base opening is made in the first base opening. Base, make the second base in the second base opening.
参照图43所示,制作覆盖多个半导体材料层的光刻胶,并在基区层上进行光刻形成第一基极开窗和第二基极开窗。具体的,如图43所示,先在发射极上、基区层704裸漏的表面上和次集电极层702裸漏的表面上涂覆光刻胶,然后在基区层上进行光刻,形成第一基极开窗和第二基极开窗,如图44所示的第一基极开窗和第二基极开窗。通过第一基极开窗注入提供载流子的掺杂物,形成第二重掺杂区域708b1,其中第二重掺杂区域708b1贯穿基区层704,第二重掺杂区域708b1与集电极层703不接触;通 过第二基极开窗注入提供载流子的掺杂物,形成第三重掺杂区域708b2,第三重掺杂区域708b2贯穿基区层704,第三重掺杂区域708b2与集电极层703不接触。其中,离子注入的掺杂物的浓度以降低基极与基区层704的欧姆接触电阻的电阻率为目的;离子注入的掺杂物所提供的载流子的类型和基区层704中的掺杂物的载流子类型一致;离子注入的掺杂物可以是单一元素也可以是多种元素的混合物;离子注入的掺杂物的面密度(即单位面积(每平方厘米)上的剂量)可以大于等于1e14原子/平方厘米,例如可以是1e14~1e17原子/平方厘米;离子注入的能量需要根据跨越的半导体材料层的厚度决定,例如考虑小于或等于基区层704的厚度。通过掺杂物对基区层704的掺杂深度要小于或等于基区层704的深度,本实施例中并不做具体限定。离子注入完成后需进行退火工艺,激活注入的掺杂物的载流子,使得载流子均匀分布。其中,也可以采用后续电极(基极)制作中的退火工艺对注入的掺杂物的载流子进行激活。最终离子注入完成后使得第二重掺杂区域708b1与第三重掺杂区域708b2内的掺杂物浓度大于等于1e18原子/立方厘米,例如可以是1e18~1e21原子/立方厘米。需要说明的是,第二重掺杂区域708b1与第三重掺杂区域708b2内掺杂物浓度越高时,第二重掺杂区域708b1与第三重掺杂区域708b2内的掺杂物所提供的载流子浓度也就越高。Referring to FIG. 43 , a photoresist covering multiple semiconductor material layers is fabricated, and photolithography is performed on the base region layer to form a first base opening and a second base opening. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 43, a photoresist is first coated on the emitter electrode, the surface of the bare drain of the base layer 704, and the surface of the bare drain of the sub-collector layer 702, and then photolithography is performed on the base layer. , forming a first base window and a second base window, such as the first base window and the second base window shown in FIG. 44 . The second heavily doped region 708b1 is formed by implanting the dopant that provides carriers through the first base opening, wherein the second heavily doped region 708b1 runs through the base layer 704, and the second heavily doped region 708b1 is connected to the collector The layer 703 is not in contact; the dopant that provides carriers is implanted through the second base opening to form a third heavily doped region 708b2, the third heavily doped region 708b2 runs through the base layer 704, and the third heavily doped region 708b2 is not in contact with the collector layer 703 . Wherein, the concentration of the ion-implanted dopant is to reduce the resistivity of the ohmic contact resistance between the base and the base layer 704; the type of carriers provided by the ion-implanted dopant and the The carrier type of the dopant is consistent; the dopant for ion implantation can be a single element or a mixture of multiple elements; the surface density of the dopant for ion implantation (ie the dose per unit area (per square centimeter) ) can be greater than or equal to 1e14 atoms/square centimeter, for example, it can be 1e14-1e17 atoms/square centimeter; the energy of ion implantation needs to be determined according to the thickness of the semiconductor material layer spanning, for example, it is considered to be less than or equal to the thickness of the base layer 704. The doping depth of the base layer 704 by the dopants is less than or equal to the depth of the base layer 704 , which is not specifically limited in this embodiment. After the ion implantation is completed, an annealing process is required to activate the carriers of the implanted dopant so that the carriers are evenly distributed. Wherein, the annealing process in the fabrication of the subsequent electrode (base electrode) can also be used to activate the carriers of the implanted dopant. After the final ion implantation is completed, the dopant concentration in the second heavily doped region 708b1 and the third heavily doped region 708b2 is greater than or equal to 1e18 atoms/cm3, for example, 1e18˜1e21 atoms/cm3. It should be noted that, when the dopant concentration in the second heavily doped region 708b1 and the third heavily doped region 708b2 is higher, the dopant concentration in the second heavily doped region 708b1 and the third heavily doped region 708b2 The carrier concentration provided is also higher.
在第一基极开窗中制作第一基极,在第二基极开窗中制作第二基极。如图45所示,在第一基极开窗制作第一基极707b1,具体的可以采用金属沉积工艺、蒸镀工艺或者电镀工艺在第一基极开窗形成该第一基极707b1,通常第一基极707b1可以采用铜、铝、锰等金属单质或合金。在第二基极开窗中制作第二基极707b2,可以采用和第一基极707b1相同的材质和工艺进行制作。通常,第一基极707b1和第二基极707b2会在同一工艺中同时制作形成。其中,第二重掺杂区域708b1与第一基极707b1接触,第三重掺杂区域708b2与第二基极707b2接触。The first base is made in the first base opening and the second base is made in the second base opening. As shown in Figure 45, the first base 707b1 is formed by opening a window in the first base. Specifically, the first base 707b1 can be formed by opening a window in the first base by using a metal deposition process, an evaporation process, or an electroplating process. Usually The first base electrode 707b1 can be made of copper, aluminum, manganese and other metal elements or alloys. The second base 707b2 is fabricated in the opening of the second base, which can be fabricated using the same material and process as the first base 707b1. Usually, the first base 707b1 and the second base 707b2 are formed simultaneously in the same process. Wherein, the second heavily doped region 708b1 is in contact with the first base 707b1 , and the third heavily doped region 708b2 is in contact with the second base 707b2 .
1207、制作覆盖多个半导体材料层的光刻胶,并在次集电极层上进行光刻形成第一集电极开窗和第二集电极开窗;通过第一集电极开窗注入提供载流子的掺杂物,形成第四重掺杂区域;通过第二集电极开窗注入提供载流子的掺杂物,形成第五重掺杂区域;在第一集电极开窗中制作第一集电极,在第二集电极开窗中制作第二集电极。1207. Fabricate a photoresist covering multiple semiconductor material layers, and perform photolithography on the sub-collector layer to form a first collector window and a second collector window; provide current-carrying through injection through the first collector window Carrier dopant to form the fourth heavily doped region; inject carrier dopant through the second collector window to form the fifth heavily doped region; make the first collector window in the first Collector, make the second collector in the second collector opening.
制作覆盖多个半导体材料层的光刻胶,并在次集电极层上进行光刻形成第一集电极开窗和第二集电极开窗。具体的,如图45所示,先在发射极707a上、第一基极707b1上、第二基极707b2上和次集电极层702裸漏的表面上涂覆光刻胶,然后在光刻胶的上方进行光刻,形成第一集电极开窗和第二集电极开窗,如图46所示的第一集电极开窗和第二集电极开窗。通过第一集电极开窗注入提供载流子的掺杂物,形成第四重掺杂区域708c1,其中,第四重掺杂区域708c1贯穿次集电极层702;通过第二集电极开窗注入提供载流子的掺杂物,形成第五重掺杂区域708c2,其中,第五重掺杂区域708c2贯穿次集电极层702。Making a photoresist covering multiple semiconductor material layers, and performing photolithography on the sub-collector layer to form a first collector opening and a second collector opening. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 45, a photoresist is first coated on the emitter 707a, on the first base 707b1, on the second base 707b2 and on the surface of the exposed drain of the sub-collector layer 702, and then photolithography Photolithography is performed above the glue to form a first collector window and a second collector window, such as the first collector window and the second collector window shown in FIG. 46 . The dopant that provides carriers is implanted through the first collector window to form the fourth heavily doped region 708c1, wherein the fourth heavily doped region 708c1 penetrates the sub-collector layer 702; A dopant that provides carriers forms a fifth heavily doped region 708 c 2 , wherein the fifth heavily doped region 708 c 2 penetrates through the sub-collector layer 702 .
需要说明的是,考虑衬底701的材料,第四重掺杂区域708c1与衬底701可以接触或不接触,并且第五重掺杂区域708c2与衬底701可以接触或不接触,例如:在衬底701采用导电材料时,为了避免衬底701直接与第四重掺杂区域708c1或第五重掺杂区域708c2导通,则第四重掺杂区域708c1与衬底701可以不接触,并且第五重掺杂区域708c2与衬底701可以不接触;当然,在衬底701采用绝缘材料时,第四重掺 杂区域708c1与衬底701可以接触或不接触,并且第五重掺杂区域708c2与衬底701可以接触或不接触。It should be noted that, considering the material of the substrate 701, the fourth heavily doped region 708c1 may or may not be in contact with the substrate 701, and the fifth heavily doped region 708c2 may or may not be in contact with the substrate 701, for example: When the substrate 701 is made of a conductive material, in order to avoid direct conduction between the substrate 701 and the fourth heavily doped region 708c1 or the fifth heavily doped region 708c2, the fourth heavily doped region 708c1 may not be in contact with the substrate 701, and The fifth heavily doped region 708c2 may not be in contact with the substrate 701; of course, when the substrate 701 is made of an insulating material, the fourth heavily doped region 708c1 may or may not be in contact with the substrate 701, and the fifth heavily doped region 708c2 may or may not be in contact with the substrate 701 .
其中,第四重掺杂区域708c1和第五重掺杂区域708c2离子注入的掺杂物浓度以降低集电极与次集电极层702的欧姆接触电阻的电阻率为目的;离子注入的掺杂物所提供的载流子的类型和次集电极层702中的掺杂物的载流子类型一致;离子注入的掺杂物可以是单一元素也可以是多种元素的混合物;离子注入的掺杂物的面密度(即单位面积(每平方厘米)上的剂量)可以大于等于1e14原子/平方厘米,例如可以是1e14~1e17原子/平方厘米;离子注入的能量需要根据跨越的半导体材料层的厚度决定,例如考虑小于或等于次集电极层702的厚度。通过掺杂物对次集电极层702的掺杂深度要小于次集电极层702的深度,本实施例中并不做具体限定。离子注入完成后需进行退火工艺,激活注入的掺杂物的载流子,使得载流子在第四重掺杂区域708c1与第五重掺杂区域708c2内均匀分布。其中,也可以采用后续电极(集电极)制作中的退火工艺对注入的掺杂物的载流子进行激活。最终离子注入完成后使得第四重掺杂区域708c1与第五重掺杂区域708c2内的掺杂物浓度大于等于1e18原子/立方厘米,例如可以是1e18~1e21原子/立方厘米。需要说明的是,第四重掺杂区域708c1与第五重掺杂区域708c2内掺杂物浓度越高时,第四重掺杂区域708c1与第五重掺杂区域708c2内的掺杂物所提供的载流子浓度也就越高。Among them, the dopant concentration of ion implantation in the fourth heavily doped region 708c1 and the fifth heavily doped region 708c2 is aimed at reducing the resistivity of the ohmic contact resistance between the collector and the sub-collector layer 702; the ion implanted dopant The type of carriers provided is consistent with the carrier type of the dopant in the sub-collector layer 702; the ion-implanted dopant can be a single element or a mixture of multiple elements; the ion-implanted doping The surface density of the object (that is, the dose per unit area (per square centimeter)) can be greater than or equal to 1e14 atoms/square centimeter, for example, it can be 1e14-1e17 atoms/square centimeter; the energy of ion implantation needs to be based on the thickness of the semiconductor material layer spanning Determined, for example, considering a thickness less than or equal to the sub-collector layer 702 . The doping depth of the sub-collector layer 702 by the dopant is smaller than the depth of the sub-collector layer 702 , which is not specifically limited in this embodiment. After the ion implantation is completed, an annealing process is required to activate the carriers of the implanted dopant, so that the carriers are evenly distributed in the fourth heavily doped region 708c1 and the fifth heavily doped region 708c2. Wherein, the annealing process in the fabrication of the subsequent electrode (collector) can also be used to activate the carriers of the implanted dopant. After the final ion implantation is completed, the dopant concentration in the fourth heavily doped region 708c1 and the fifth heavily doped region 708c2 is greater than or equal to 1e18 atoms/cm 3 , for example, 1e18˜1e21 atoms/cm 3 . It should be noted that, when the dopant concentration in the fourth heavily doped region 708c1 and the fifth heavily doped region 708c2 is higher, the concentration of the dopant in the fourth heavily doped region 708c1 and the fifth heavily doped region 708c2 The carrier concentration provided is also higher.
在第一集电极开窗中制作第一集电极,在第二集电极开窗中制作第二集电极。如图46所示,在第一集电极开窗制作第一集电极707c1,具体的可以采用金属沉积工艺、蒸镀工艺或者电镀工艺在集电极开窗1形成该第一集电极707c1,通常第一集电极707c1可以采用铜、铝、锰等金属单质或合金。在第二集电极开窗中制作第二集电极707c2,可以采用和第一集电极707c1相同的材质和工艺进行制作。通常,第一集电极707c1和第二集电极707c2会在同一工艺中同时制作形成。其中,第四重掺杂区域708c1与第一集电极707c1接触,第五重掺杂区域708c2与第二集电极707c2接触。Make the first collector in the first collector opening and the second collector in the second collector opening. As shown in FIG. 46, the first collector electrode 707c1 is formed by opening the first collector electrode window. Specifically, the first collector electrode 707c1 can be formed on the collector window 1 by using a metal deposition process, an evaporation process, or an electroplating process. Usually, the first collector electrode 707c1 A collector electrode 707c1 can be made of copper, aluminum, manganese and other metals or alloys. The second collector electrode 707c2 is fabricated in the opening of the second collector electrode, and the same material and process as that of the first collector electrode 707c1 can be used for fabrication. Usually, the first collector electrode 707c1 and the second collector electrode 707c2 are formed simultaneously in the same process. Wherein, the fourth heavily doped region 708c1 is in contact with the first collector electrode 707c1, and the fifth heavily doped region 708c2 is in contact with the second collector electrode 707c2.
需要说明的是,上述基极开窗、集电极开窗以及发射极开窗的制作顺序并不做限定。当然,在一些示例中,也可以通过一次工艺同时制作第一基极、第二基极、第一集电极、第二集电极、发射极。It should be noted that the fabrication sequence of the above-mentioned base window, collector window and emitter window is not limited. Of course, in some examples, the first base, the second base, the first collector, the second collector, and the emitter can also be fabricated simultaneously through one process.
其中,基区层704的有源区与发射极之间的通路上包括:发射极层705、发射极冒层706;基区层704的有源区与集电极之间的通路上包括:次集电极层702、集电极层703。基区层704的有源区与基极之间的通路上包括:基区层704的有源区以外的其他区域。如此,便可制作出图7所示的包含HBT的集成电路。Wherein, the path between the active region and the emitter of the base layer 704 includes: the emitter layer 705, the emitter capping layer 706; the path between the active region and the collector of the base layer 704 includes: Collector layer 702, collector layer 703. The path between the active area of the base layer 704 and the base includes: other areas than the active area of the base layer 704 . In this way, the integrated circuit including the HBT shown in FIG. 7 can be manufactured.
需要注意的是本申请的实施例的具体实施方式中所提及的光刻胶均为正性光刻胶,即光照后可将光刻胶激活,然后去除激活的光刻胶。当然在现实的操作中也可以采用负性光刻胶,需要注意的是负性光刻胶是光照后不会被激活,没有光照的会被激活。所以在采用负性光刻胶的时候,图示中的遮光板的透光区域和不透光区域需要调换,即原来透光的区域变成不透光的区域,原来不透光的区域变成透光的区域,其他步骤不作更改。无论是使用正性光刻胶和负性光刻胶,均属于本申请的实施例的保护范围。 最后应说明的是:以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何在本申请揭露的技术范围内的变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。It should be noted that the photoresists mentioned in the specific implementation manners of the examples of the present application are all positive photoresists, that is, the photoresist can be activated after being illuminated, and then the activated photoresist can be removed. Of course, negative photoresists can also be used in actual operations. It should be noted that negative photoresists will not be activated after being illuminated, and will be activated without illumination. Therefore, when negative photoresist is used, the light-transmitting area and the opaque area of the light-shielding plate in the illustration need to be exchanged, that is, the original light-transmitting area becomes an opaque area, and the original opaque area becomes an opaque area. into a light-transmitting area, and the other steps remain unchanged. Whether positive photoresist or negative photoresist is used, all belong to the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application. Finally, it should be noted that: the above is only a specific implementation of the application, but the scope of protection of the application is not limited thereto, and any changes or replacements within the technical scope disclosed in the application shall be covered by this application. within the scope of the application. Therefore, the protection scope of the present application should be determined by the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (24)

  1. 一种集成电路,其特征在于:包括衬底,所述衬底上覆盖有晶体管;An integrated circuit, characterized in that it includes a substrate covered with transistors;
    所述晶体管包含层叠设置于所述衬底上的沟道层、势垒层、以及设置在所述势垒层上的源极、漏极以及栅极;The transistor includes a channel layer stacked on the substrate, a barrier layer, and a source, a drain, and a gate disposed on the barrier layer;
    所述晶体管上还包括第一重掺杂区域和/或第二重掺杂区域;The transistor further includes a first heavily doped region and/or a second heavily doped region;
    其中,所述第一重掺杂区域贯穿所述势垒层以及所述沟道层,所述第一重掺杂区域与所述源极接触;所述第二重掺杂区域贯穿所述势垒层以及所述沟道层,所述第二重掺杂区域与所述漏极接触;Wherein, the first heavily doped region runs through the barrier layer and the channel layer, and the first heavily doped region is in contact with the source; the second heavily doped region runs through the potential a barrier layer and the channel layer, the second heavily doped region is in contact with the drain;
    所述第一重掺杂区域以及所述第二重掺杂区域内设置有提供载流子的掺杂物。Dopants providing carriers are disposed in the first heavily doped region and the second heavily doped region.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的集成电路,其特征在于,所述晶体管至少包括高电子迁移率晶体管HEMT、金属-半导体场效应晶体管MESFET;所述晶体管为N型,所述掺杂物提供N型的载流子;The integrated circuit according to claim 1, wherein the transistors at least include a high electron mobility transistor (HEMT) and a metal-semiconductor field effect transistor (MESFET); the transistor is N-type, and the dopant provides N-type carrier;
    或者,or,
    所述晶体管为P型,所述掺杂物提供P型的载流子。The transistor is P-type, and the dopant provides P-type carriers.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的集成电路,其特征在于,所述掺杂物包括一种或多种杂质元素。The integrated circuit according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that the dopant comprises one or more impurity elements.
  4. 根据权利要求1-3任一项所述的集成电路,其特征在于,提供N型的载流子的所述掺杂物至少包括硅Si、锗Ge或锡Sn中的一种或多种杂质元素;提供P型的载流子的所述掺杂物至少包括铍Be或碳C中的一种或多种杂质元素。The integrated circuit according to any one of claims 1-3, characterized in that the dopant providing N-type carriers includes at least one or more impurities in silicon Si, germanium Ge or tin Sn element; the dopant providing P-type carriers includes at least one or more impurity elements in beryllium Be or carbon C.
  5. 根据权利要求1-4任一项所述的集成电路,其特征在于,所述第一重掺杂区域以及所述第二重掺杂区域的所述掺杂物的浓度大于等于预定浓度。The integrated circuit according to any one of claims 1-4, characterized in that the concentration of the dopant in the first heavily doped region and the second heavily doped region is greater than or equal to a predetermined concentration.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的集成电路,其特征在于,所述预定浓度为1e18原子/立方厘米。The integrated circuit of claim 5, wherein the predetermined concentration is 1e18 atoms/cm3.
  7. 根据权利要求1-6任一项所述的集成电路,其特征在于,The integrated circuit according to any one of claims 1-6, characterized in that,
    所述源极与所述势垒层之间设置有第一冒层,所述漏极与所述势垒层之间设置有第二冒层;A first sinking layer is provided between the source and the barrier layer, and a second sinking layer is provided between the drain and the barrier layer;
    所述第一重掺杂区域贯穿所述第一冒层;The first heavily doped region runs through the first capping layer;
    所述第二重掺杂区域贯穿所述第二冒层。The second heavily doped region runs through the second risk layer.
  8. 根据权利要求1-7任一项所述的集成电路,其特征在于,The integrated circuit according to any one of claims 1-7, characterized in that,
    所述沟道层与所述势垒层之间还设置有至少一层缓冲层;At least one buffer layer is further arranged between the channel layer and the barrier layer;
    所述第一重掺杂区域贯穿所述至少一层缓冲层;The first heavily doped region runs through the at least one buffer layer;
    所述第二重掺杂区域贯穿所述至少一层缓冲层。The second heavily doped region runs through the at least one buffer layer.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的集成电路,其特征在于,The integrated circuit of claim 8, wherein
    所述至少一层缓冲层中任意相邻的两层缓冲层之间还设置有掺杂层;A doped layer is further arranged between any two adjacent buffer layers in the at least one buffer layer;
    所述第一重掺杂区域贯穿所述掺杂层;The first heavily doped region runs through the doped layer;
    所述第二重掺杂区域贯穿所述掺杂层。The second heavily doped region runs through the doped layer.
  10. 根据权利要求1-9任一项所述的集成电路,其特征在于,所述衬底的材料包括以下任一:砷化镓GaAs、磷化铟InP、氮化镓GaN。The integrated circuit according to any one of claims 1-9, wherein the material of the substrate comprises any of the following: gallium arsenide GaAs, indium phosphide InP, gallium nitride GaN.
  11. 一种功率放大电路,其特征在于,包括封装结构以及如权利要求1-10任一项 所述的集成电路,其中所述集成电路封装于所述封装结构内部。A power amplifier circuit, characterized by comprising a packaging structure and the integrated circuit according to any one of claims 1-10, wherein the integrated circuit is packaged inside the packaging structure.
  12. 一种电子设备,包括功率放大器及天线,所述功率放大器用于将射频信号放大后输出至所述天线向外辐射,所述功率放大器包括如权利要求11所述的功率放大电路。An electronic device, comprising a power amplifier and an antenna, wherein the power amplifier is used to amplify a radio frequency signal and output it to the antenna for external radiation, and the power amplifier comprises the power amplification circuit as claimed in claim 11 .
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述电子设备包括基站或终端。The electronic device according to claim 12, wherein the electronic device comprises a base station or a terminal.
  14. 一种集成电路的制造方法,其特征在于,A method of manufacturing an integrated circuit, characterized in that,
    在衬底上依次制作层叠设置的沟道层、势垒层;Fabricating a stacked channel layer and a barrier layer sequentially on the substrate;
    制作覆盖所述势垒层的光刻胶;making a photoresist covering the barrier layer;
    对所述光刻胶进行光刻,在源极的区域形成源极开窗,在漏极的区域形成漏极开窗;performing photolithography on the photoresist, forming a source opening in the region of the source, and forming a drain opening in the region of the drain;
    通过所述源极开窗和所述漏极开窗注入提供载流子的掺杂物,形成第一重掺杂区域和第二重掺杂区域;其中,所述第一重掺杂区域贯穿所述势垒层以及所述沟道层,所述第二重掺杂区域贯穿所述势垒层以及所述沟道层;A first heavily doped region and a second heavily doped region are formed by injecting dopants that provide carriers through the source opening and the drain opening; wherein, the first heavily doped region runs through The barrier layer and the channel layer, the second heavily doped region runs through the barrier layer and the channel layer;
    在所述势垒层上制作源极、漏极和栅极,其中所述第一重掺杂区域与所述源极接触、所述第二重掺杂区域与所述漏极接触。A source, a drain and a gate are formed on the barrier layer, wherein the first heavily doped region is in contact with the source, and the second heavily doped region is in contact with the drain.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的集成电路的制造方法,其特征在于,所述制作覆盖所述势垒层的光刻胶之前,还包括:在势垒层上制作第一冒层和第二冒层;The method for manufacturing an integrated circuit according to claim 14, further comprising: forming a first risk layer and a second risk layer on the barrier layer before making the photoresist covering the barrier layer ;
    则所述制作覆盖所述势垒层的光刻胶包括:制作覆盖所述第一冒层和所述第二冒层的光刻胶;Then the making of the photoresist covering the barrier layer includes: making the photoresist covering the first risk layer and the second risk layer;
    所述对所述光刻胶进行光刻,在源极的区域形成源极开窗,在漏极的区域形成漏极开窗,包括:对所述光刻胶进行光刻,在所述第一冒层上源极的区域形成源极开窗,在所述第二冒层上漏极的区域形成漏极开窗;The step of performing photolithography on the photoresist to form a source window in the region of the source, and forming a drain window in the region of the drain includes: performing photolithography on the photoresist, in the first A source window is formed in the region of the source on the first risk layer, and a drain window is formed in the region of the drain on the second risk layer;
    所述第一重掺杂区域贯穿所述第一冒层;所述第二重掺杂区域贯穿所述第二冒层。The first heavily doped region runs through the first sink layer; the second heavily doped region runs through the second sink layer.
  16. 根据权利要求14或15所述的集成电路的制造方法,其特征在于,所述在衬底上依次制作层叠设置的沟道层、势垒层,包括:在衬底上依次制作层叠设置的沟道层、至少一层缓冲层以及势垒层;The method for manufacturing an integrated circuit according to claim 14 or 15, wherein said sequentially manufacturing channel layers and barrier layers stacked on the substrate comprises: sequentially manufacturing stacked trench layers on the substrate A channel layer, at least one buffer layer and a barrier layer;
    其中,所述第一重掺杂区域贯穿所述至少一层缓冲层;所述第二重掺杂区域贯穿所述至少一层缓冲层。Wherein, the first heavily doped region runs through the at least one buffer layer; the second heavily doped region runs through the at least one buffer layer.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的集成电路的制造方法,其特征在于,在所述至少一层缓冲层中任意相邻的两层缓冲层之间还制作有掺杂层;所述第一重掺杂区域贯穿所述掺杂层;所述第二重掺杂区域贯穿所述掺杂层。The method for manufacturing an integrated circuit according to claim 16, wherein a doped layer is formed between any two adjacent buffer layers in the at least one buffer layer; the first heavily doped A region runs through the doped layer; the second heavily doped region runs through the doped layer.
  18. 根据权利要求14-17任一项所述的集成电路的制造方法,其特征在于,The method for manufacturing an integrated circuit according to any one of claims 14-17, wherein:
    所述通过所述源极开窗和所述漏极开窗注入提供载流子的掺杂物,形成第一重掺杂区域和第二重掺杂区域之后,还包括:The implantation of the dopant providing carriers through the source opening and the drain opening, after forming the first heavily doped region and the second heavily doped region, further includes:
    进行退火工艺对所述掺杂物进行退火处理。An annealing process is performed to anneal the dopant.
  19. 根据权利要求14-17任一项所述的集成电路的制造方法,其特征在于,所述通过所述源极开窗和所述漏极开窗注入提供载流子的掺杂物,形成第一重掺杂区域和第二重掺杂区域之后,还包括:The manufacturing method of an integrated circuit according to any one of claims 14-17, characterized in that, the implantation of the dopant providing carriers through the source opening and the drain opening forms a second After the first heavily doped region and the second heavily doped region, it also includes:
    通过所述源极、所述漏极以及所述栅极的退火工艺对所述掺杂物进行退火处理。The dopant is annealed through the annealing process of the source, the drain and the gate.
  20. 根据权利要求14-19任一项所述的集成电路的制造方法,其特征在于,所述晶体管至少包括HEMT、MESFET;所述晶体管为N型,所述掺杂物提供N型的载流子;The method for manufacturing an integrated circuit according to any one of claims 14-19, wherein the transistors at least include HEMTs and MESFETs; the transistors are N-type, and the dopant provides N-type carriers ;
    或者,or,
    所述晶体管为P型,所述掺杂物提供P型的载流子。The transistor is P-type, and the dopant provides P-type carriers.
  21. 根据权利要求14-20任一项所述的集成电路的制造方法,其特征在于,所述掺杂物包括一种或多种杂质元素。The method for manufacturing an integrated circuit according to any one of claims 14-20, wherein the dopant includes one or more impurity elements.
  22. 根据权利要求14-21任一项所述的集成电路的制造方法,其特征在于,提供N型的载流子的所述掺杂物至少包括硅Si、锗Ge或锡Sn中的一种或多种杂质元素;提供P型的载流子的所述掺杂物至少包括铍Be或碳C中的一种或多种杂质元素。The method for manufacturing an integrated circuit according to any one of claims 14-21, wherein the dopant providing N-type carriers includes at least one of silicon Si, germanium Ge, or tin Sn or A variety of impurity elements; the dopant providing P-type carriers includes at least one or more impurity elements in beryllium Be or carbon C.
  23. 根据权利要求14-22任一项所述的集成电路的制造方法,其特征在于,所述第一重掺杂区域以及所述第二重掺杂区域的所述掺杂物的浓度大于等于预定浓度。The method for manufacturing an integrated circuit according to any one of claims 14-22, wherein the concentration of the dopant in the first heavily doped region and the second heavily doped region is greater than or equal to a predetermined concentration.
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的集成电路的制造方法,其特征在于,所述预定浓度为1e18原子/立方厘米。The method of manufacturing an integrated circuit according to claim 23, wherein the predetermined concentration is 1e18 atoms/cubic centimeter.
PCT/CN2021/111359 2021-08-06 2021-08-06 Integrated circuit, power amplification circuit and electronic device WO2023010583A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202180101304.5A CN117751434A (en) 2021-08-06 2021-08-06 Integrated circuit, power amplifying circuit and electronic device
PCT/CN2021/111359 WO2023010583A1 (en) 2021-08-06 2021-08-06 Integrated circuit, power amplification circuit and electronic device

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2021/111359 WO2023010583A1 (en) 2021-08-06 2021-08-06 Integrated circuit, power amplification circuit and electronic device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023010583A1 true WO2023010583A1 (en) 2023-02-09

Family

ID=85153959

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/111359 WO2023010583A1 (en) 2021-08-06 2021-08-06 Integrated circuit, power amplification circuit and electronic device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN117751434A (en)
WO (1) WO2023010583A1 (en)

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101183647A (en) * 2006-11-13 2008-05-21 冲电气工业株式会社 Method for manufacturing AlGaN/GaN-HEMT employing selective regrowth
CN101221984A (en) * 2007-01-10 2008-07-16 中国科学院微电子研究所 High speed gallium arsenide based channel strain high electron mobility transistor material
JP2008305894A (en) * 2007-06-06 2008-12-18 Mitsubishi Electric Corp Semiconductor device and manufacturing method therefor
US20170263743A1 (en) * 2016-03-11 2017-09-14 Sumitomo Electric Industries, Ltd. High electron mobility transistor (hemt) and process of forming the same
CN108807524A (en) * 2017-09-06 2018-11-13 苏州捷芯威半导体有限公司 Semiconductor devices and its manufacturing method
CN208738256U (en) * 2018-04-10 2019-04-12 新磊半导体科技(苏州)有限公司 A kind of GaAs base PHEMT epitaxial material structure with the face GaAs doping smooth layer
WO2021024502A1 (en) * 2019-08-06 2021-02-11 三菱電機株式会社 Semiconductor device and manufacturing method therefor

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101183647A (en) * 2006-11-13 2008-05-21 冲电气工业株式会社 Method for manufacturing AlGaN/GaN-HEMT employing selective regrowth
CN101221984A (en) * 2007-01-10 2008-07-16 中国科学院微电子研究所 High speed gallium arsenide based channel strain high electron mobility transistor material
JP2008305894A (en) * 2007-06-06 2008-12-18 Mitsubishi Electric Corp Semiconductor device and manufacturing method therefor
US20170263743A1 (en) * 2016-03-11 2017-09-14 Sumitomo Electric Industries, Ltd. High electron mobility transistor (hemt) and process of forming the same
CN108807524A (en) * 2017-09-06 2018-11-13 苏州捷芯威半导体有限公司 Semiconductor devices and its manufacturing method
CN208738256U (en) * 2018-04-10 2019-04-12 新磊半导体科技(苏州)有限公司 A kind of GaAs base PHEMT epitaxial material structure with the face GaAs doping smooth layer
WO2021024502A1 (en) * 2019-08-06 2021-02-11 三菱電機株式会社 Semiconductor device and manufacturing method therefor

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN117751434A (en) 2024-03-22

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN100524816C (en) Semiconductor device and method of manufacturing semiconductor device
US10211197B2 (en) Fabrication of radio-frequency devices with amplifier voltage limiting features
US20140085002A1 (en) Two Dimensional Quad Integrated Power Combiner for RF Power Amplifiers
JP2008227116A (en) Semiconductor device and its manufacturing method
TWI680580B (en) Compound semiconductor monolithic integrated circuit device with transistors and diodes
TWI595656B (en) Bipolar transistor on high-resistivity substrate
CN104143569A (en) Semiconductor device, antenna switch circuit, and radio communication apparatus
CN1455458A (en) Semiconductor switch circuit device and making method therefor
CN100468964C (en) Power amplification apparatus, and mobile communication terminal apparatus
TWI662680B (en) Electrostatic discharge protection apparatuses, method for forming the same, and systems thereof
WO2023010583A1 (en) Integrated circuit, power amplification circuit and electronic device
WO2023070634A1 (en) Transistor, integrated circuit, and electronic device
WO2023216163A1 (en) Semiconductor device, integrated circuit and electronic device
WO2023039768A1 (en) Semiconductor device and preparation method therefor, and power amplification circuit and electronic device
WO2023159578A1 (en) Semiconductor structure and operating method thereof, power amplification circuit, and electronic device
WO2022141442A1 (en) Integrated circuit, power amplifier and electronic device
US10128299B1 (en) Manufacturing method of image sensor including source follower contact to floating diffusion
CN1388585A (en) Compound semiconductor switch circuit apparatus
JPH09246471A (en) High frequency semiconductor device and high frequency communication equipment
CN117941074A (en) Semiconductor device, manufacturing method thereof, power amplifying circuit and electronic equipment
WO2021197010A1 (en) Method and apparatus for establishing network connection
WO2024046093A1 (en) Semiconductor structure, radio frequency front-end module, power conversion module and electronic device
CN117133653A (en) Method for preparing semiconductor structure
US10074650B2 (en) Deep trench isolation for RF devices on SOI
JP2002118267A (en) Method for fabricating semiconductor device and semiconductor device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21952455

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE